Map catalogue

Every system, one registry.

428 maps from 37 authorities. 424 carry reference test vectors checked into git. 0 run live in your browser via interscript-ts; the rest link to source on GitHub. Filter by authority, source script, or destination script.

Total systems
428
Authorities
37
Source scripts
47
Destination scripts
4
Live-demoable
0
  1. acadsin

    Tongyong Pinyin System (2002)

    acadsin-zho-Hani-Latn-2002

    Academia Sinica Tongyong Pinyin System (2002)

    Lossy · many-to-oneHaniLatn
    阜康Fukang
  2. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Amharic (1997)

    alalc-amh-Ethi-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization Tables: Transliteration Schemes for Non-Roman Scripts. Randal K. Berry (ed.). Library of Congress, 1997.

    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyazégenate kebere ba ʼiteyop̣eyāčene ṣaneto
  3. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Amharic (2011)

    alalc-amh-Ethi-Latn-2011

    ''

    Lossless · 1:1EthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyazégenate kebere ba ʼiteyop̣eyāčene ṣaneto
  4. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Arabic (1997)

    alalc-ara-Arab-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Arabic

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    وَضعْwaḍ‘
  5. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Assamese (1997)

    alalc-asm-Deva-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Assamese

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    অসমীয়া কবিতাasamīẏā kabitā
  6. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Assamese (2012)

    alalc-asm-Deva-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Assamese

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    ৰাজ্যিক স্বাস্থ্য মন্ত্ৰী পীয়ুষ হাজৰিকাৰ বিৰুদ্ধে দাখিল কৰা হৈছে এজাহাৰ।rājẏika sbāsthẏa mantrī pīyusha hājarikāra biruddhe dākhila karā haiche ejāhāra.
  7. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- azerbaij (1997)

    alalc-aze-Arab-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Arabic

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بَرَكَتBarakat
  8. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Azerbaijani (1997)

    alalc-aze-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization Tables: Transliteration Schemes for Non-Roman Scripts. Randal K. Berry (ed.). Library of Congress, 1997.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Азәрбајҹан дилиAzărbaı̐jan dili
  9. alalc
    2025

    Balinese Romanization Table (2025)

    alalc-ban-Bali-Latn-2025

    ALA-LC Balinese Romanization Table, 2025 version — strict transliteration per ISO 15919:2001 with PKU modifications. The vowel a is inherent after all consonants except terminal ones, replaced by combining vowel signs or cancelled by the vowel-suppressant adeg-adeg (word-finally the middle dot). The full consonant inventory: the aksara wresastra core, the Indic swalalita set, and the terminal consonants. Vowels include the vocalic and l̥ series and the pepet ə. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer and verified against the rendered tables.

    BaliLatn
    ᬓka
  10. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Byelorussian (1997)

    alalc-bel-Cyrl-Latn-1997
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    БеларусьBelarusʹ
  11. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Bengali (1997)

    alalc-ben-Beng-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Bengali

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    আমার সোনার বাংলা, আমি তোমায় ভালোবাসি। চিরদিন তোমার আকাশ, তোমার বাতাস, আমার প্রাণে বাজায় বাঁশি॥ ও মা, ফাগুনে তোর আমের বনে ঘ্রাণে পাগল করে, মরি হায়, হায় রে— ও মা, অঘ্রাণে তোর ভরা ক্ষেতে আমি কী দেখেছি মধুর হাসি॥ কী শোভা, কী ছায়া গো, কী স্নেহ, কী মায়া গো— কী আঁচল বিছায়েছ বটের মূলে, নদীর কূলে কূলে। মা, তোর মুখের বাণী আমার কানে লাগে সুধার মতো, মরি হায়, হায় রে— মা, তোর বদনখানি মলিন হলে, ও মা, আমি নয়নজলে ভাসি॥āmāra sonāra bāṃlā, āmi tomāẏa bhālobāsi। ciradina tomāra ākāśa, tomāra bātāsa, āmāra prāṇe bājāẏa bān̐śi॥ o mā, phāgune tora āmera bane ghrāṇe pāgala kare, mari hāẏa, hāẏa re— o mā, aghrāṇe tora bharā kshete āmi kī dekhechi madhura hāsi॥ kī śobhā, kī chāyaṛā go, kī sneha, kī māyaṛā go— kī ām̐cala bichāyaṛecha baṭera mūle, nadīra kūle kūle। mā, tora mukhera bāṇī āmāra kāne lāge sudhāra mato, mari hāẏa, hāẏa re— mā, tora badanakhāni malina hale, o mā, āmi naẏanajale bhāsi॥
  12. alalc
    2017

    Romanization Table -- Bengali (2017)

    alalc-ben-Beng-Latn-2017

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Bengali

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    র্কrka
  13. alalc
    2015

    Tibetan Romanization Table (2015)

    alalc-bod-Tibt-Latn-2015

    ALA-LC Tibetan Romanization Table, 2015 version — the Wylie system. Every base consonant carries the inherent vowel a (Note 2); stacked consonants romanize as the consonant sequence with the implicit a of the final member; the thirteen vowel signs include the vocalic r and l and the a-chung lengthening (ā); the ʼa chung (འ) romanizes as the alif. Non-Tibetan retroflex and aspirate extensions per the special-letter section. Transcribed from the loc.gov document.

    TibtLatn
    ཀ་ka
  14. alalc
    2012

    Batak Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-btk-Batk-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Batak Romanization Table, 2012 version (earlier: 2002). Fourteen consonant letters carry an implicit /a/ (suppressed by the pangolat or overridden by a vowel sign); I and U are pure vowels; the vowel signs e i o u follow the letter a when it is already present (aek); the ng and h consonant signs are codas that keep the implicit vowel. Dialect notes from the table: Mandailing S/H/CA and the ka letter (Mandailing HA), Dairi t/v readings. Transcribed from the loc.gov document; the PDF renders Batak glyphs through a shape-based substitute font, so the letter-to-codepoint correspondence follows the standard Batak block with the table's dialect footnotes (all 31 assignments verified against Unicode names).

    BatkLatn
    ᯀa
  15. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Bulgarian (1997)

    alalc-bul-Cyrl-Latn-1997
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    No reference vector
  16. alalc
    2012

    Cherokee Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-chr-Cher-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Cherokee Romanization Table, 2012 version (no earlier versions). One-to-one romanization of the complete Cherokee syllabary: six vowels, the twenty consonant series with their vowel-series syllables, the s letter, the hna/nah letters, and the digraph series qua/que/qui/quo/quu/quv, dla/tla and its series, tsa series, and the w and y series. Eighty-five syllabary characters, transcribed from the loc.gov document.

    CherLatn
    Ꭰa
  17. alalc
    2022

    Romanization Table -- Church Slavic (2022)

    alalc-chu-Cyrl-Latn-2022

    ALA-LC romanization table for Church Slavic, 2022 version (earlier versions 2011 and 1997). Covers the full Church Slavonic alphabet including the yuses, ksi, psi, fita, izhitsa and the two uk forms, with the letters' numeric values annotated. Transcribed from the digitized table (pages 1-2).

    CyrlLatn
    АA
  18. alalc
    2015

    Cham Romanization Table (2015 version)

    alalc-cjm-Cham-Latn-2015

    ALA-LC Cham Romanization Table, 2015 version (no earlier versions). The table serves both Akhar Thrah (Eastern Cham) and Akhar Srak (Western Cham), whose letters share the Unicode Cham block. Thirty-five consonants and semivowels with living (hadiip) and dead (mâtai) forms, six independent vowels, the living vowel modifiers (Takai Akhar Hadiip) including the medials ya/ra/la/wa, the dead feet (Takai Akhar Mâtai) with inherent consonant or vowel endings, the Hua Bilau vowel elongator, the numerals zero through nine, twelve example words from the Cham calendar, and Notes 1-2.

    ChamLatn
    ꨓꨪꨆꨲꩍtikuh
  19. alalc
    2014

    Coptic Romanization Table (2014)

    alalc-cop-Copt-Latn-2014

    ALA-LC Coptic Romanization Table, 2014 version (no earlier versions). Covers the Coptic alphabet (Greek-derived and Demotic letters), the Old Coptic letters with their diacritic romanizations (diaeresis forms Ï Ü Ẍ, the K-diaeresis-below and dialect-p ni and crossed shei letters, the dialect-p alef to a modifier-letter apostrophe), the Old Nubian letters (ŋ ɲ w), the letter-numeral table (macron above for units, overline for thousands), and the note rules: the single prime inserted between two letters that could be misread as a digraph, and the ignoring of diacritics per the practice of the Journal of Coptic Studies except the iaude (ⲓ) and ua (ⲩ) diaereses.

    CoptLatn
    ⲙⲛ̅ⲧϩⲗ̅ⲗⲟmntʹhllo
  20. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Divehi (1997)

    alalc-div-Thaa-Latn-1997

    ALA-Library of Congress Divehi Romanization 1997 System

    Lossy · many-to-oneThaaLatn
    މަށަށްmaśaḫ
  21. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Divehi (2012)

    alalc-div-Thaa-Latn-2012

    ALA-Library of Congress Divehi Romanization 2012 System

    Lossless · 1:1ThaaLatn
    މަށަށްmaśaḫ
  22. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Greek (1997)

    alalc-ell-Grek-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Greek

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Ena prama monon me parakinēse ki emena na grapsō oti toutēn tēn patrida tēn echomen oloi mazi, kai sophoi ki amatheis kai plousioi kai phtōchoi kai politikoi kai stratiōtikoi kai oi pleon mikroteroi anthrōpoi; osoi agōnistēkamen, analogōs o katheis, echomen na zēsomen edō. To loipon doulepsamen oloi mazi, na tēn phylamen ki oloi mazi kai na mēn legei oute o dynatos «egō» oute o adynatos. Xerete pote na legei o katheis «egō»? Otan agōnistei monos tou kai phkiasei ē chalasei, na legei «egō»; otan omōs agōnizontai polloi kai phkianoun, tote na lene «emeis». Eimaste eis to «emeis» ki ochi eis to «egō». Kai eis to exēs na mathomen gnōsē, an thelomen na phkiasomen chōrion, na zēsomen oloi mazi. Giannēs Makrygiannēs.
  23. alalc
    2010

    Romanization Table -- Greek (2010)

    alalc-ell-Grek-Latn-2010

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Greek

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Ena prama monon me parakinēse ki emena na grapsō oti toutēn tēn patrida tēn echomen oloi mazi, kai sophoi ki amatheis kai plousioi kai phtōchoi kai politikoi kai stratiōtikoi kai oi pleon mikroteroi anthrōpoi; osoi agōnistēkamen, analogōs o katheis, echomen na zēsomen edō. To loipon doulepsamen oloi mazi, na tēn phylamen ki oloi mazi kai na mēn legei oute o dynatos «egō» oute o adynatos. Xerete pote na legei o katheis «egō»? Otan agōnistei monos tou kai phkiasei ē chalasei, na legei «egō»; otan omōs agōnizontai polloi kai phkianoun, tote na lene «emeis». Eimaste eis to «emeis» ki ochi eis to «egō». Kai eis to exēs na mathomen gnōsē, an thelomen na phkiasomen chōrion, na zēsomen oloi mazi. Giannēs Makrygiannēs.
  24. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Persian (1997)

    alalc-fas-Arab-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Persian

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    دَانَاDānā
  25. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Gujarati (1997)

    alalc-guj-Gujr-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Gujarati

    Lossy · many-to-oneGujrLatn
    અમિત શાહનો કોરોના રિપોર્ટ ૨ ઓગસ્ટે પોઝિટિવ આવ્યો હતો, ત્યારથી તેમનું સ્વાસ્થ્ય સારું નથીamita śāhanȏ kȏrȏnā ripȏrṭa 2 ȏgasṭȇ pȏjhiṭiva āvyȏ hatȏ, tyārathī tȇmanuṃ svāsthya sāruṃ nathī
  26. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Gujarati (2011)

    alalc-guj-Gujr-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Gujarati

    Lossless · 1:1GujrLatn
    મોર્ગન અને રસેલ ફ્લોપ રહ્યાmȏrgana anȇ rasȇla phlȏpa rahyā
  27. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Hindi (1997)

    alalc-hin-Deva-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Hindi

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    हमhama
  28. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Hindi (2011)

    alalc-hin-Deva-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Hindi

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    इस चुनौतीपूर्ण समय में 'वर्क फ्रॉम होम’ सामान्य बन चुका हैis cunăutīpūrṇ samay meṃ 'vark phrôm homa’ sāmāny ban cukā hai
  29. alalc
    2022

    Armenian Romanization Table (2022)

    alalc-hye-Armn-Latn-2022

    ALA-LC Armenian Romanization Table, 2022 version (earlier versions: 2011, 1997). The table is based on the phonetic values of Classical and East Armenian; the bracketed West Armenian variant values (B [P], G [K], D [T], Ts [Dz], K [G], Dz [Ts], Ch [J], P [B], J [Ch]) are intended solely for preparing references from West Armenian forms and are not encoded here — the primary rendering is encoded per row. The table covers the complete letter inventory (including the ու digraph, the Եւ/Եվ/և forms), the Note 3 soft-sign (prime) combinations, the punctuation transcription rules, and the letter-numeral table. The aspiration mark is U+02BB (ʻ); the soft sign is U+02B9 (ʹ).

    ArmnLatn
    ԵրևանErevan
  30. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Jawi/Pegon (2012)

    alalc-jav-Arab-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Jawi/Pegon, 2012 version (earlier versions: 2011, 1997, both tables named Malay (in Jawi-Arabic script))

    ArabLatn
    بb
  31. alalc
    2012

    Javanese, Sundanese, and Madurese Romanization Table

    alalc-jav-Java-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC romanization table covering Javanese, Sundanese and Madurese (the PDF carries no in-document version date; its metadata records conversion to MS Word on 2012-01-10). Twenty principal consonants in the hanacaraka order, each with a regular and an appended form (Note 1); the aksara murda and aksara rekan alternates (Note 4); the vowels and sandangan (taling e, pepet e with breve, wulu i, taling plus tarung o, suku u, tarung a-macron) with free-standing vowels (Note 5); the other signs wignyan h, layar r, cecak ng, pa-cerek re with breve, nga-lelet le with breve, pengkal (ya medial) and cakra (ra medial) (Note 5); the pangkon vowel suppressor (Note 1); the numerals zero through nine; and Notes 1-9. Glyphs corresponded to the Unicode Javanese block (the PDF's text layer renders the script in a legacy PUA font).

    JavaLatn
    ꦥꦚ꧀ꦕpanca
  32. alalc
    2011

    ALA/LC Systematic Romanization for Judeo-Arabic (2011)

    alalc-jba-Hebr-Latn-2011

    ALA/LC Systematic Romanization for Judeo-Arabic, Jan. 31, 2011 (no earlier versions)

    HebrLatn
    אʼ
  33. alalc
    2022

    Japanese Romanization Table (2022)

    alalc-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-2022

    ALA-LC Japanese Romanization Table, 2022 version (McCune-Reischauer). Encodes the Romanized/Kana Equivalent Charts (chart A, Standard; chart B, Non-traditional Japanese for foreign words) kana-by-kana, per section 2.1 ("words and parts of words written only in hiragana or katakana should be romanized as they appear") and section 2.4.2.1 ("Romanize kana-by-kana"), together with the deterministic orthographic rules of the same document: the lengthening-bar macron rule (2.5.1), the sokuon doubling rule (chart A note ii), the n-apostrophe rule (5.2), the kana repetition markers (4.4.1) and the punctuation and typographical equivalents (4.2-4.3). Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    HrktLatn
    きゃkya
  34. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Kannada (1997)

    alalc-kan-Kana-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Kannada

    Lossy · many-to-oneKanaLatn
    ಕರ್ಣಾಟಕkarṇāṭaka
  35. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Kannada (2011)

    alalc-kan-Kana-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Kannada

    Lossless · 1:1KanaLatn
    ಕರ್ಣಾಟಕkarṇāṭaka
  36. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Georgian Khutsuri (1997)

    alalc-kat-Geok-Latn-1997

    Values are shown for the Khutsuri alphabet.

    Lossless · 1:1GeokLatn
    ႼႨႢႬႨCIGNI
  37. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Georgian Khutsuri (2011)

    alalc-kat-Geok-Latn-2011

    Values are shown for the Khutsuri alphabet.

    Lossless · 1:1GeokLatn
    ႼႨႢႬႨCIGNI
  38. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Georgian Mkhedruli (1997)

    alalc-kat-Geor-Latn-1997

    Values are shown for the older Khutsuri and the modern Mkhedruli alphabets. There are no upper case letters in Mkhedruli.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    ხაოფსეxaopʻse
  39. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Georgian Mkhedruli (2011)

    alalc-kat-Geor-Latn-2011

    Values are shown for the older Khutsuri and the modern Mkhedruli alphabets. There are no upper case letters in Mkhedruli.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    ხაოფსეxaopʻse
  40. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Kazakh (2012)

    alalc-kaz-Arab-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Kazakh (in Arabic Script), 2012 version (no earlier versions)

    ArabLatn
    اa
  41. alalc
    2013

    Khmer Romanization Table (2013)

    alalc-khm-Khmr-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC Khmer Romanization Table, 2013 version. Consonants carry the Indic values (k kh g gh ng c ch j jh ñ ...). A bare consonant takes the inherent vowel a (kak mak sak); the coeng subscript suppresses it and repeats the consonant value; the bantoc shortens the preceding vowel to an acute (kák). The series marks mos-soton (˝) and treysap (ʹ) romanize immediately after their consonant. Dependent vowels follow the consonant; nikahit am, reahmuk ah, and the yuukaleapintu grave per the table. Transcribed from the loc.gov document (the dependent-sign glyphs are visually corresponded to the Unicode Khmer block; the vowel-table's leading mark is table typography, not romanization).

    KhmrLatn
    កកkak
  42. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Korean (1997)

    alalc-kor-Hang-Latn-1997

    1. General Practice The Library of Congress will continue to follow the McCune-Reischauer system to romanize Korean with the exceptions noted in this document. See: Romanization of the Korean Language: Based upon its Phonetic Structure by G.M. McCune and E.O. Reischauer ([S.l.: s.n., 1939?), reprinted from the Transactions of the Korea Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Full text of the original document is available online from the National Library of Australia Web site: http://www.nla.gov.au/librariesaustralia/cjk/download/ras_1939.pdf

    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    은하-리Ŭnha-ri
  43. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Kurdish (2012)

    alalc-kur-Arab-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Kurdish, 2012 version (earlier versions: 2004, 2002). Trilingual table (Roman Hawar / Cyrillic / Arabic); this map encodes the Arabic column into the Roman (Hawar) column.

    ArabLatn
    ئاa
  44. alalc
    2025

    Romanization Table -- Ladino (2025)

    alalc-lad-Hebr-Latn-2025

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Ladino, 2025 version (earlier versions: 2011, 2005)

    HebrLatn
    אa
  45. alalc
    2012

    Lao Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-lao-Laoo-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Lao Romanization Table, 2012 version. Consonants have initial and word-final values (parenthesized source finals occur only in loans and keep the initial value here). Inherent vowel a. ho hip is silent in clusters (ligatures included); subscript lo lut is silent except after ho hip. DO is ʻ word-initially, else a vowel. WO is positional per Note 4 (cluster w, u+a before a final, o word-finally after a vowel). Vowel romanizations always follow the consonant. Tone marks are not romanized. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    LaooLatn
    ວັດvat
  46. alalc
    2012

    Lepcha Romanization Table (2012-09)

    alalc-lep-Lepc-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Lepcha Romanization Table, September 2012 version (earlier version: 1997). Thirty-nine consonant and cluster letters in the guttural/palatal/cerebral/dental/labial arrangement plus semivowels, sibilants and the aspirate, with the inherent vowel a (Note 3); ten vowel values a ā i ī u ū e o ō â listed in their syllable-initial forms (Note 1); final superscripts k ng t n p m r l (Rule of application 1); the subjoined ya and ra mutations (Rules 2-3); and the glottal carrier of Note 2. Glyphs visually corresponded to the Unicode Lepcha block (the PDF's text layer carries no script codepoints).

    LepcLatn
    ᰀka
  47. alalc
    2011

    Limbu Romanization Table (2011)

    alalc-lif-Limb-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Limbu Romanization Table, 2011 version. Twenty-six consonants (the Sirijunga alphabet order) with the inherent vowel a; the syllable-initial vowel forms per the table; the dependent vowel signs (ᤠ ᤡ ᤢ ᤣ ᤤ ᤥ) carry the grammar values, noted per the table's Note 1. The Limbu glyphs are visually corresponded to the Unicode Limbu block (the PDF's text layer carries no script codepoints).

    LimbLatn
    ᤁka
  48. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Malayalam (1997)

    alalc-mal-Mlym-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Malayalam

    Lossy · many-to-oneMlymLatn
    ചൈനയ്ക്കെതിരെ ലഡാക്കിൽ സദാസജ്ജം; യുഎസിൽനിന്ന് ൭൨,൫൦൦ സിഗ്–൧൬ റൈഫിൾcainayŭkŭketire lad̂ākŭkil sadāsajŭjaṃ; yuesilninŭnŭ 72,500 sigŭ–16 ṟaiphiḷ
  49. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Malayalam (2012)

    alalc-mal-Mlym-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Malayalam

    Lossless · 1:1MlymLatn
    ബാർ കോഴ ആവിയായി; മകൻ മാണിയെ വ്യക്തിഹത്യ നടത്തിയവരുടെ കൂടാരത്തിൽbār kōḻa āviyāyi; makan māṇiye vŭyakŭtihatŭya naṭatŭtiyavaruṭe kūṭāratŭtil
  50. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Marathi (1997)

    alalc-mar-Deva-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Marathi

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    ठाणे - जिल्ह्यात बुधवारी एक हजार रुग्णांची वाढ, तर जणांच्या मृत्यूची नोंदṭhaāṇae - jailahayaāta baudhavaāraī eka hajaāra raugaṇaāñcaī vaāḍha, tara jaṇaāñcayaā maṛitayaūcaī naonda
  51. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Marathi (2011)

    alalc-mar-Deva-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Marathi

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    कोरोनाच्या लढाईत पोलीस थकलेत, पण हिंमत हरलेले नाहीत; गृहमंत्र्यांकडून कौतुकkaoraonaācayaā laḍhaāīta paolaīsa thakalaeta, paṇa haimmata haralaelae naāhaīta; gaṛihamantarayaāṅkaḍaūna kaautauka
  52. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Serbian and Macedonian (1997)

    alalc-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Serbian and Macedonian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Општина ЕрдутOpština Erdut
  53. alalc
    2013

    Romanization Table -- Macedonian (2013)

    alalc-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Macedonian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Општина ЕрдутOpština Erdut
  54. alalc
    2012

    Manchu Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-mnc-Mong-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Manchu Romanization Table, 2012 version (no earlier versions). The printed table gives each letter in its isolated, initial, medial and final forms; Manchu is a cursive script and all positional forms of a letter share one Unicode codepoint, so each row encodes one rule. The before-vowel variant letters of the printed table are distinct letters of the script and carry distinct codepoints: k (1) before a, o, and ū / k (2) before e, i, and u; likewise g (1)/(2), h (1)/(2), t (1)/(2), d (1)/(2), and f (3) before a and e only versus f. The letters and digraphs used in foreign words (kʻ, gʻ, hʻ before a and o; ts, dz, ž, sy, cy, jy per Chinese pinyin values) are shown in the table in isolated form. The Unicode correspondence follows the standard Mongolian block model: shared Mongolian letters, the Sibe letterforms that coincide with the Manchu forms, and the five Manchu-specific codepoints (Manchu I, KA, RA, FA, ZHA); the three foreign-letter forms kʻ gʻ hʻ correspond to the Todo KA/GAA/HAA codepoints, and ts, dz, ž to the Sibe TSA/ZA/ZHA codepoints.

    MongLatn
    ᠮᠠᠨᠵᡠmanju
  55. alalc
    2022

    Modern Manipuri (Meitei script) Romanization Table (2022)

    alalc-mni-Mtei-Latn-2022

    ALA-LC Modern Manipuri (Meitei Mayek) Romanization Table, June 2022. Consonants carry the inherent vowel a; the seven final letters (katap) close syllables without a vowel; dependent vowel signs override; the heavy-tone mark romanizes as a dot below. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    MteiLatn
    ꯁꯦse
  56. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Mongolian Cyrillic Khalkha (1997)

    alalc-mon-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    In Mongolia, the Khalkha dialect, currently written in both Cyrillic and traditional Mongolian script (and at times in Latin for social networking), is predominant, while in Inner Mongolia, the language is dialectically more diverse and is written in the traditional Mongolian script.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Эрдэнэт СумÊrdênêt Sum
  57. alalc
    2011

    Burmese Romanization Table (2011)

    alalc-mya-Mymr-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Burmese Romanization Table, 2011 version. Consonants carry the Indic values with the inherent vowel a (Devanagari-style); the asa/virama closes the syllable with an ʻ; medials y r v h romanize between the consonant and its vowel in the order y-or-r, then v, then h; anusvara ṃ; the dot-below and visarga tone marks romanize ʹ and ʺ. Modified conjunct ligatures are visual only — Unicode text spells the sequences, so no special rows are needed. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's text layer.

    MymrLatn
    မွmva
  58. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Oriya (1997)

    alalc-ori-Orya-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Oriya

    Lossy · many-to-oneOryaLatn
    ର୍କrka
  59. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Oriya (2011)

    alalc-ori-Orya-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Oriya

    Lossless · 1:1OryaLatn
    ବିହାର ନିର୍ବାଚନ: ସନ୍ଧ୍ୟା ୬ଟା ସୁଦ୍ଧା ୫୩.୫୪ ପ୍ରତିଶତ ମତଦାନbihāra nirbācana: sandhẏā 6ṭā suddhā 53.54 pratiśata matadāna
  60. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table for Ottoman Turkish

    alalc-ota-Arab-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Ottoman Turkish, based on the romanization system published by Eleazer Birnbaum in the Journal of the American Oriental Society, volume 87 (1967), with slight modifications. The source document carries no edition date; the 1997 attribute follows the ALA-LC 1997 system edition in which the table appears.

    ArabLatn
    بb
  61. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Panjabi (1997)

    alalc-pan-Guru-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Panjabi

    Lossy · many-to-oneGuruLatn
    ਪੰਜਾਬ 'ਚ ਵਧ ਰਿਹਾ ਖ਼ੁਦਕੁਸ਼ੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਰੁਝਾਨpañjaāba 'ca wadha raihaā khaudakaushaīāṃ daā raujhaāna
  62. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Panjabi (2011)

    alalc-pan-Guru-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Panjabi

    Lossless · 1:1GuruLatn
    ਸਵਾਮਿਤਵ ਯੋਜਨਾ ਤਹਿਤ ਜਾਇਦਾਦ ਕਾਰਡ ਵੰਡੇsawaāmaitawa yaojanaā tahaita jaāidaāda kaāraḍa waṇḍae
  63. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Pali (2012)

    alalc-pli-Deva-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Pali

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    तेन खो पन समयेन वेसालिया अविदूरे कलन्दगामो नाम अत्थिtaena khao pana samayaena vaesaālaiyaā avaidaūrae kalanadagaāmao naāma atathai
  64. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Prakrit (2012)

    alalc-pra-Deva-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Prakrit

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    सृष्टिस्थितिविनाशानां शक्तिभूते सनातनिsṛṣṭisthitivināśānāṃ śaktibhūte sanātani
  65. alalc
    2013

    Romanization Table -- Pushto (2013)

    alalc-pus-Arab-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Pushto, 2013 version (earlier versions: 2012, 1997)

    ArabLatn
    بb
  66. alalc
    2013

    Romanization Table -- Rusyn (2013)

    alalc-rue-Cyrl-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC romanization table for Rusyn / Carpatho-Rusyn (2013 version, no earlier versions). Reflects written variants of Rusyn from several regions. Transcribed from the digitized table (pages 1-2).

    CyrlLatn
    АA
  67. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Russian (1997)

    alalc-rus-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    The ALA-LC Romanization tables for Slavic alphabets is a set of standards for romanization of texts in various writing systems used in North American libraries and publications. This version was published by the American Library Association and the Library of Congress in 1997. This article is about the ALA-LC method of transliteration of Russian-language text from Cyrillic script to Latin script. The formal, unambiguous version of the system requires some diacritics and two-letter tie characters which are often omitted in practice.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АзовAzov
  68. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Russian (2012)

    alalc-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2012

    The ALA-LC Romanization tables for Slavic alphabets is a set of standards for romanization of texts in various writing systems used in North American libraries and publications. The latest version was published by the American Library Association and the Library of Congress in 2012.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    АзовAzov
  69. alalc
    2012

    Romanization Table -- Sanskrit (2012)

    alalc-san-Deva-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Sanskrit

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्ण्मुदच्यतेpūrṇamadaḥ pūrṇamidaṃ pūrṇāt pūrṇmudacyate
  70. alalc
    2017

    Santali (in Ol script) Romanization Table (2017)

    alalc-sat-Olck-Latn-2017

    ALA-LC Santali (Ol Chiki) Romanization Table, 2017 version. Pure letter substitution: seven vowels, twenty-five consonants and marks including the relwa (ᱽ), the nasalization dot (ᱸ → m̐), the omitted low-pitch mark (ᱹ), and the prolongation mark (ᱻ, omitted). Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    OlckLatn
    ᱠk
  71. alalc
    2012

    Shan Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-shn-Shan-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Shan Romanization Table. Consonants carry the inherent vowel a (per Note 2); the full vowel-sign table (the tone-sign combinations ႆ act as vowel markers: ai āi oi); medials y r v in their documented order. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's text layer with the glyph column visually corresponded to the Shan/Myanmar-extended Unicode blocks (the PDF renders Shan glyphs through a shape-based substitute font).

    ShanLatn
    ၵါkā
  72. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Sinhalese (1997)

    alalc-sin-Sinh-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Sinhalese

    Lossy · many-to-oneSinhLatn
    ශී‍්‍ර ලංකාවේ කී‍්‍රඩාව ඉතිහාසයේ ඉහළම තැනකට ගේන්න කටයුතු කරනවාśīra laṃkāvē kīraḍāva itihāsayē ihaḷama tănakaṭa gēnanna kaṭayutu karanavā
  73. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Sinhalese (2011)

    alalc-sin-Sinh-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Sinhalese

    Lossless · 1:1SinhLatn
    හිටපු අග්‍රාමාත්‍ය රනිල් වික්‍රමසිංහ අප්‍රේල් 21 ප්‍රහාරය සම්බන්ධයෙන් විමර්ශනය කරන ජනාධිපති පරීක්ෂණ කොමිසම හමුවේ දෙවෙනි දිනටත් සාක්ෂි ලබාදීමට පැමිණෙයිhiṭapu agrāmātya ranil vikramasiṃha aprēl 21 prahāraya sambanandhayen vimarśanaya karana janādhipati parīkṣaṇa komisama hamuvē deveni dinaṭat sākṣi labādīmaṭa pămiṇeyi
  74. alalc
    2024

    Romanization Table -- Sindhi (2024)

    alalc-snd-Arab-Latn-2024

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Sindhi (in Arabic script), 2024 version (earlier versions: 2013, 2012, 1997)

    ArabLatn
    بb
  75. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Serbian and Macedonian (1997)

    alalc-srp-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Serbian and Macedonian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Општина ЕрдутOpština Erdut
  76. alalc
    2013

    Romanization Table -- Serbian (2013)

    alalc-srp-Cyrl-Latn-2013

    Serbian uses the Cyrillic and Roman alphabets. When the Roman alphabet is used it is the same as Croatian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Шупља СтенаŠuplja Stena
  77. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Tamil (1997)

    alalc-tam-Taml-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Tamil

    Lossless · 1:1TamlLatn
    அழிந்து போன நகரத்தில் , தொலைந்து போன நான்aḻintu pōṉa nakarattil , tolaintu pōṉa nāṉ
  78. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Tamil (2011)

    alalc-tam-Taml-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Tamil

    Lossless · 1:1TamlLatn
    மலையாள நடிகர் சங்கத்திலிருந்து நடிகை பார்வதி திடீர் விலகல்.malaiyāḷa naṭikar caṅkattiliruntu naṭikai pārvati tiṭīr vilakal.
  79. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Telugu (1997)

    alalc-tel-Telu-Latn-1997

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Telugu

    Lossy · many-to-oneTeluLatn
    తమిళనాడుtamiḷanāḍu
  80. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Telugu (2011)

    alalc-tel-Telu-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Telugu

    Lossless · 1:1TeluLatn
    తమిళనాడుtamiḷanāḍu
  81. alalc
    2011

    Thai Romanization Table (2011)

    alalc-tha-Thai-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Thai Romanization Table, 2011 version. Consonants have initial and word-final values; tones are not romanized; ho hip and the four tone-marking o-ang words are silent before a consonant; tho-thanthakhat + ro (ทร) = s. Rule 5: the inherent vowel (o, a, or ǭ) is determined from an authoritative dictionary — bare consonants therefore romanize without an inserted vowel, the composition point for a vocalization model. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    ThaiLatn
    กำkam
  82. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Tigrinya (1997)

    alalc-tir-Ethi-Latn-1997
    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyazégenate kebere ba ʼiteyop̣eyāčene ṣaneto
  83. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Tigrinya (2011)

    alalc-tir-Ethi-Latn-2011
    Lossless · 1:1EthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyazégenate kebere ba ʼiteyop̣eyāčene ṣaneto
  84. alalc
    2013

    Tamashek Romanization Table (2013)

    alalc-tmh-Tfng-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC Tamashek Romanization Table, 2013 version (no earlier versions). The Tuareg Tifinagh alphabet as used for Tamashek: five vowel letters plus schwa, the consonant inventory including the geminate letters (nn, ll) and the two dialect letters, the Ahaggar ǰ (U+2D4B) and the Tawellemmet ž (U+2D64). The source document renders the vernacular glyphs through a substitute font with no text layer for most cells; the codepoint assignments follow the Tuareg letter-to-codepoint unification, grounded on the twenty-one cells whose codepoints the text layer does carry (ⵀ ⵛ ⴹ ⵒ ⵗ ⵆ ⵘ ⵔ ⵙ ⴼ ⴶ ⵐ ⵂ ⵌ ⴾ ⵎ ⵏ ⵠ ⵣ ⵋ ⵤ).

    TfngLatn
    ⴰa
  85. alalc
    2015

    Romanization Table -- Uighur (2015)

    alalc-uig-Arab-Latn-2015

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Uighur, 2015 version (earlier versions: 2011, 1997)

    ArabLatn
    اa
  86. alalc
    1997

    Romanization Table -- Ukrainian (1997)

    alalc-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    The ALA-LC Romanization Tables, published by the American Library Association (1885) and Library of Congress (1905). Used to represent bibliographic information by US and Canadian libraries, by the British Library since 1975,[3] and in North American publications. The latest 1997 revision is very similar to the 1905 version.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Автономна Республіка КримAvtonomna Respublika Krym
  87. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Ukrainian (2011)

    alalc-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2011
    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    No reference vector
  88. alalc
    2016

    Deseret Romanization Table (2016)

    alalc-und-Dsrt-Latn-2016

    ALA-LC Deseret Romanization Table, 2016 version (no earlier versions). The table is scoped to the Deseret script (the Deseret alphabet), not to any one language, so the language field carries the undetermined code; the alphabet was devised in the 1850s for English. Forty letters (six vowels and thirty-four consonants and vowel-length and diphthong forms), each mapping one-to-one; the letter values follow the printed table. The source document's text layer doubles every letter glyph in the vernacular column; a visual check of the rendered pages confirms a single letter per row, and the codepoints below are the Unicode Deseret block values corresponding to the table's letter order.

    DsrtLatn
    𐐀Ē
  89. alalc
    2013

    Romanization Table -- Urdu (2013)

    alalc-urd-Arab-Latn-2013

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Urdu (in Arabic script), 2013 version (earlier versions: 2011, 1997)

    ArabLatn
    بb
  90. alalc
    2010

    Vai Romanization Table (2010)

    alalc-vai-Vaii-Latn-2010

    ALA-LC Vai Romanization Table, 2010 version. One-to-one romanization of the Vai syllabary as scoped by the table: 239 syllable characters across the e, i, a, o, u, ɔ and ɛ vowel series (including the nasalized syllables and the ŋã, kpã, gbɔ̃, kpɛ̃, gɛ̃, ŋgɛ̃, ŋɔ̃, ŋɛ̃ forms) plus the syllabic nasal ꘋ (ŋ). Nasalized Latin vowels are normalized to the precomposed tilded letters (ẽ ĩ ã õ ũ) where they exist and to the combining tilde for ɔ̃ and ɛ̃. The extended Latin letters ɓ ɗ ɛ ŋ ɲ ɔ follow the table's Note 1 (Unicode standard usage approved by NDMSO, 2007).

    VaiiLatn
    ꔀe
  91. alalc
    2012

    Moroccan Tamazight Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-zgh-Tfng-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Moroccan Tamazight Romanization Table, approved by CC:AAM 2012-01-22 (no version year printed on the document; the approval date is from the PDF metadata). The table follows, with minimal exceptions, the romanization method used by the Institut Royal de la Culture Amazighe (IRCAM) for texts published in the Central Atlas Tamazight and Standard Tamazight languages of Morocco, using neo-Tifinagh script. Characters needed to support the Tachelhit and Tarifit languages have also been included, so the scope covers all living Moroccan Tamazight languages in neo-Tifinagh. Forty-two letter rules plus the labialized digraphs and the labialization mark (tamatart). The spirant letters romanize with a macron below (ḇ ḡ ḏ ṯ, U+0331); the emphatic letters with a dot below (ḍ ḥ ṛ ṣ ṭ ẓ); the Tachelhit emphatic d with both marks.

    TfngLatn
    ⴰⵖⵍⵢⴰⵙaɣlyas
  92. alalc
    2012

    Chinese Romanization Table (2012)

    alalc-zho-Hani-Latn-2012

    ALA-LC Chinese Romanization Table, 2012 version. The 2012 table follows the principles of the Pinyin system, replacing the Wade-Giles system of earlier editions, and does not indicate tone marks (Rules of Application 1). Separation of Syllables: the romanization of each Chinese character is separated by a space. This map encodes the character readings attested by the document's own examples, output as lowercase syllables separated by spaces, and the deterministic punctuation equivalents. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    HaniLatn
    西北xi bei
  93. alalc
    2012

    Correspondence of Wade-Giles to Pinyin (2012)

    alalc-zho-Latn-Latn-2012

    The Correspondence of Wade-Giles to Pinyin table from the ALA-LC Chinese Romanization Table, 2012 version (pages 9-21). The document presents the table "as a device to show the usual relationship between Wade-Giles and Pinyin romanizations", drawing the Wade-Giles syllabic readings from Di ming Han zi yi yin biao 地名漢字譯音表 (1971) and the ALA-LC romanization tables (1997), and the Pinyin equivalents from Xian dai Han yu ci dian 现代汉语词典 (1983). The list is printed as not exhaustive; every printed row is transcribed here in order. Transcribed from the loc.gov document's complete text layer.

    LatnLatn
    chihzhi
  94. alalc
    2011

    Romanization Table -- Malay (in Jawi-Arabic script) (2011)

    alalc-zsm-Arab-Latn-2011

    ALA-LC Romanization table for Malay (in Jawi-Arabic script), 2011 version (earlier version: 1997)

    ArabLatn
    بb
  95. apcbg
    1995

    Toponymic Guidelines for Antarctica (1995)

    apcbg-bul-Cyrl-Latn-1995

    In Antarctica geographical names are important elements of identification, orientation, localization and navigation, providing an essential reference system for logistic operations, including search and rescue measures, and for international scientific research. They facilitate information exchange in the field, in scientific publications and in administrative measures under the Antarctic Treaty System. Geographical names also reflect the history of Antarctic exploration. Toponymic Guidelines for Antarctica, Lyubomir Ivanov. Antarctic Place-names Commission of Bulgaria, Sofia, 1995.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    нунатак Абритnunatak Abrit
  96. az
    1939

    Azeri Romanization (1939)

    az-aze-Cyrl-Latn-1939

    In 1939 Joseph Stalin ordered the Cyrillic alphabet to be used by Azeri speakers in the Soviet Union.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЮяYuya
  97. az
    1958

    Azeri Romanization (1958)

    az-aze-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    In 1939 Joseph Stalin ordered the Cyrillic alphabet to be used by Azeri speakers in the Soviet Union.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Азәрбајҹан әлифбасыAzərbaycan əlifbası
  98. bas
    2017-07

    Streamlined Romanization of Russian Cyrillic (Basic Streamlined System)

    bas-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2017-bss

    The streamlined approach to transliteration was initiated by the author with the development of the Streamlined System for the Romanization of Bulgarian, which was eventually codified by the Transliteration Act of 2009 (ДВ 2009) of the Bulgarian Parliament. The four purposes of the system below are in order of priority: 1. ensure a plausible phonetic approximation of Russian words by English speaking users, including those having no knowledge of the Russian language and no available additional explanations; 2. the system should allow for the retrieval of the original Cyrillic spellings as much as feasible; 3. transliterated Russian words should fit an English language environment i.e. not be perceived as too ‘un-English’; and 4. transliterated word forms should be streamlined and simple. (Ivanov 2003, Ivanov et al. 2010)

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Эх, тройка! птица тройка, кто тебя выдумал? знать, у бойкого народа ты могла только родиться, в той земле, что не любит шутить, а ровнем-гладнем разметнулась на полсвета, да и ступай считать версты, пока не зарябит тебе в очи. И не хитрый, кажись, дорожный снаряд, не железным схвачен винтом, а наскоро живьём с одним топором да долотом снарядил и собрал тебя ярославский расторопный мужик. Не в немецких ботфортах ямщик: борода да рукавицы, и сидит чёрт знает на чём; а привстал, да замахнулся, да затянул песню — кони вихрем, спицы в колесах смешались в один гладкий круг, только дрогнула дорога, да вскрикнул в испуге остановившийся пешеход — и вон она понеслась, понеслась, понеслась! Н.В. ГогольEh, troyka! ptitsa troyka, kto tebya vidumal? znat, u boykogo naroda ti mogla tolko roditsya, v toy zemle, chto ne lyubit shutit, a rovnem-gladnem razmetnulas na polsveta, da i stupay schitat versti, poka ne zaryabit tebe v ochi. I ne hitriy, kazhis, dorozhniy snaryad, ne zheleznim shvachen vintom, a naskoro zhivyem s odnim toporom da dolotom snaryadil i sobral tebya yaroslavskiy rastoropniy muzhik. Ne v nemetskih botfortah yamshchik: boroda da rukavitsi, i sidit chert znaet na chem; a privstal, da zamahnulsya, da zatyanul pesnyu — koni vihrem, spitsi v kolesah smeshalis v odin gladkiy krug, tolko drognula doroga, da vskriknul v ispuge ostanovivshiysya peshehod — i von ona poneslas, poneslas, poneslas! N.V. Gogol
  99. bas
    2017-07

    Streamlined Romanization of Russian Cyrillic (Optimized Streamlined System)

    bas-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2017-oss

    The streamlined approach to transliteration was initiated by the author with the development of the Streamlined System for the Romanization of Bulgarian, which was eventually codified by the Transliteration Act of 2009 (ДВ 2009) of the Bulgarian Parliament. The four purposes of the system below are in order of priority: 1. ensure a plausible phonetic approximation of Russian words by English speaking users, including those having no knowledge of the Russian language and no available additional explanations; 2. the system should allow for the retrieval of the original Cyrillic spellings as much as feasible; 3. transliterated Russian words should fit an English language environment i.e. not be perceived as too ‘un-English’; and 4. transliterated word forms should be streamlined and simple. (Ivanov 2003, Ivanov et al. 2010)

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Эх, тройка! птица тройка, кто тебя выдумал? знать, у бойкого народа ты могла только родиться, в той земле, что не любит шутить, а ровнем-гладнем разметнулась на полсвета, да и ступай считать версты, пока не зарябит тебе в очи. И не хитрый, кажись, дорожный снаряд, не железным схвачен винтом, а наскоро живьём с одним топором да долотом снарядил и собрал тебя ярославский расторопный мужик. Не в немецких ботфортах ямщик: борода да рукавицы, и сидит чёрт знает на чём; а привстал, да замахнулся, да затянул песню — кони вихрем, спицы в колесах смешались в один гладкий круг, только дрогнула дорога, да вскрикнул в испуге остановившийся пешеход — и вон она понеслась, понеслась, понеслась! Н.В. Гоголь`Eh, troyka! ptitsa troyka, kto tebya v`idumal? znat', u boykogo naroda t`i mogla tol'ko rodit'sya, v toy zemle, chto ne lyubit shutit', a rovnem-gladnem razmetnulas' na polsveta, da i stupay schitat' verst`i, poka ne zaryabit tebe v ochi. I ne hitr`iy, kazhis', dorozhn`iy snaryad, ne zhelezn`im shvachen vintom, a naskoro zhivy``em s odnim toporom da dolotom snaryadil i sobral tebya yaroslavskiy rastoropn`iy muzhik. Ne v nemetskih botfortah yamshchik: boroda da rukavits`i, i sidit ch``ert znaet na ch``em; a privstal, da zamahnulsya, da zatyanul pesnyu — koni vihrem, spits`i v kolesah smeshalis' v odin gladkiy krug, tol'ko drognula doroga, da vskriknul v ispuge ostanovivshiysya peshehod — i von ona poneslas', poneslas', poneslas'! N.V. Gogol'
  100. bgn
    1930

    Japanese Modified Hepburn (1962)

    bgn-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-1962

    The BGN (Modified Hepburn) System for the transliteration of Japanese has been in use by the Board on Geographic Names since about 1930 and has been extensively employed in the systematic standardization of thousands of geographic names of Japan in Romanized form.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    しんばしshimbashi
  101. bgn
    1943

    Korean McCune-Reischauer (Hangul to Latin) (1943 Agreement)

    bgn-kor-Hang-Latn-1943
    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    서울Sŏul
  102. bgn
    1943

    Korean McCune-Reischauer (Korean to Latin) (1943 Agreement)

    bgn-kor-Kore-Latn-1943
    Lossless · 1:1KoreLatn
    서울Sŏul
  103. bgna
    2006

    Republic of Bulgaria system for transliteration of Bulgarian geographical names with Roman letters

    bgna-bul-Cyrl-Latn-2006
    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    нунатак Абритnunatak Abrit
  104. bgna
    2009

    Streamlined System for Romanization of Bulgarian

    bgna-bul-Cyrl-Latn-2009
    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    нунатак Абритnunatak Abrit
  105. bgnpcgn
    2012

    Romanization of Adyghe (2012)

    bgnpcgn-ady-Cyrl-Latn-2012

    The BGN/PCGN system for Adyghe is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Adyghe Cyrillic alphabet. Adyghe, a language of the north-western Caucasian family, is principally spoken in Russia's republic of Adygeya and has been written in a modified Cyrillic script since 1938. Also known as West Circassian, Adyghe is notable for its rich density of consonant phonemes and corresponding paucity of vowels. Adyghe letters are addressed in the romanizations as per their articulation: glottalised consonants are marked with an apostrophe, labialized consonants with w, and retroflex consonants with an underbar. Phonemes shared with Kabardian are represented as per the BGN/PCGN Kabardian Romanization System.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  106. bgnpcgn
    1967

    Romanization of Amharic (1967)

    bgnpcgn-amh-Ethi-Latn-1967

    Amharic is the principal and official language of Ethiopia. The BGN/PCGN system for Amharic was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Amharic alphabet. The Roman letters and letter combinations shown as equivalents to the Amharic characters reflect modern Amharic pronunciation.

    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyezēgnet kbr be ītyop’yachn ts’ento
  107. bgnpcgn
    1956

    Romanization of Arabic (1956)

    bgnpcgn-ara-Arab-Latn-1956

    This System was adopted by the BGN in 1946 and by the PCGN in 1956 and is applied by BGN and PCGN in the systematic romanization of Arabic geographical names in Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Syria, the United Arab Emirates, Yemen, the West Bank and Gaza Strip. Uniform results in the romanization of Arabic are difficult to obtain, since vowel points and diacritical marks are generally omitted from both handwriting and printed script. It follows that for correct identification of the words which appear in any particular name, knowledge of its standard Arabic-script spelling including proper pointing, and recognition of dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations are essential. In order to bring about uniformity in the Roman-script spelling of geographical names in Arabic-language areas, the system is based insofar as possible on fully pointed Modern Standard Arabic (MSA). In the interest of clarity, vowel pointing to indicate short vowels has been applied to the examples given below, and examples of the, more usual, unpointed script have also been provided; it should also be noted that the dots which occur on some characters of the Arabic script are not vowels but rather are an integral part of the base consonant. Arabic script is written from right to left, and does not make a distinction between upper and lower case.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    قُرآنQur’ān
  108. bgnpcgn
    1981

    Romanization of Armenian (1981)

    bgnpcgn-arm-Armn-Latn-1981

    The BGN/PCGN system for Armenian was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Armenian alphabet. The Roman letters and letter combinations shown as equivalents to the Armenian characters reflect the eastern variety of Armenian, i.e. the language spoken in the Republic of Armenia.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArmnLatn
    ՀայաստանHayastan
  109. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Avar (BGN/PCGN 2011 System)

    bgnpcgn-av-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Avar is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Avar Cyrillic alphabet. Avar is a consonant-rich north-eastern Caucasian language, spoken principally in Russia’s republic of Dagestan. It has been written in a modified Cyrillic script since 1938 and, as other Caucasian languages, features glottalised consonants, and though these are not marked with a uniform marker in Avar Cyrillic, an apostrophe denotes the glottalised form of consonants in this romanization table.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    МагӀарулMaġarul
  110. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Avar (2011)

    bgnpcgn-ava-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Avar is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Avar Cyrillic alphabet. Avar is a consonant-rich north-eastern Caucasian language, spoken principally in Russia's republic of Dagestan. It has been written in a modified Cyrillic script since 1938 and, as other Caucasian languages, features glottalised consonants; an apostrophe denotes the glottalised form of consonants in this romanization table.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  111. bgnpcgn
    1993

    Table of Correspondences for Azerbaijani (Cyrillic-Roman) (1993 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-aze-Cyrl-Latn-1993

    , also known as Azeri, is the official language of the Republic of Azerbaijan. In 1991, the Azerbaijani government adopted the Roman alphabet to replace the existing Cyrillic alphabet. The presentation below provides a table of correspondences between the former Cyrillic alphabet and the current Roman alphabet. When Azerbaijani Roman-alphabet spellings are not available, this table can be used to convert Azerbaijani Cyrillic spellings.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Азәрбајҹан әлифбасыAzərbaycan əlifbası
  112. bgnpcgn
    2007

    Table of Correspondences for Bashkir (Cyrillic-Roman) (2007 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-bak-Cyrl-Latn-2007

    Bashkir is an official language within Respublika Bashkortostan, one of the republics of the Russian Federation. It will normally be encountered in Cyrillic script, in which case it should be romanized by means of the Cyrillic-Roman table of correspondences given below

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ВасйылғаWasyılğa
  113. bgnpcgn
    2008

    ROMANIZATION OF BALUCHI -- BGN/PCGN 2008 System

    bgnpcgn-bal-Arab-Latn-2008

    The following is the BGN/PCGN-approved romanization system for deriving standard spellings of Baluchi geographic names. The romanization system is based on the Hunterian system of romanization, which has been used by the Surveys of India and Pakistan for romanizing Baluchi geographic names for more than one hundred years. The romanization system is compatible with all dialects of Baluchi, including Eastern Baluchi, Western Baluchi, and Southern Baluchi. The BGN/PCGN system laid out below includes diacritical marks in order that the original script can be derived from the romanized form (i.e. it is reversible). For desk users requiring a diacritic-free form, these diacritics can simply be removed. In almost every case the same basic Roman-script characters are kept as are used in the Hunterian system. The BGN/PCGN forms have further been designed to harmonize with the BGN/PCGN Urdu romanization system. In rigorous romanization (i.e. including diacritics), retroflexion is marked by a sub-dot, and aspiration is marked by an apostrophe, where confusion with fricative digraphs could arise. For letters used only in Arabic loan words, the rigorous forms have further been designed to harmonize with the BGN/PCGN Persian romanization system.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بےنٹَگBenṭag
  114. bgnpcgn
    1979

    Romanization of Belarusian (1979)

    bgnpcgn-bel-Cyrl-Latn-1979

    The BGN/PCGN system for Belarusian (formerly referred to as Byelorussian) was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Belarusian Cyrillic alphabet. The Belarusian alphabet contains three characters not present in the Russian alphabet: і, ў, and ’. United States Board on Geographic Names Foreign Names Committee Staff, 1994. Romanization Systems and Roman-Script Spelling Conventions, p. 23.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АнтонAnton
  115. bgnpcgn
    1945

    Romanization of Bulgarian (1952)

    bgnpcgn-bul-Cyrl-Latn-1952

    This system was adopted by the BGN in 1949 and by the PCGN in 1952. It reflects the much simplified Bulgarian orthography as officially revised in February 1945. The Bulgarian alphabet contains all of the characters present in the Russian alphabet with the exception of ё, ы, and э. Notes 1, 2, and 3 are applicable to sources predating the orthographic reform of 1945.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    СофияSofiya
  116. bgnpcgn
    2013

    Romanization of Bulgarian (2013 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-bul-Cyrl-Latn-2013

    This system reflects the Bulgarian national system officially adopted by state decree in March 2009. It was adopted by BGN and PCGN in 2013, replacing the BGN/PCGN system of 1952.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    СофияSofia
  117. bgnpcgn
    2008

    Table of Correspondences for Chechen (Cyrillic-Roman) (2008 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-che-Cyrl-Latn-2008

    Chechen is an official language within Chechnya, one of the republics of the Russian Federation. It will normally be encountered in Cyrillic script, in which case it should be romanized by means of the Cyrillic-Roman table of correspondences given below.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    кӏантkhant
  118. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Chuvash (2011)

    bgnpcgn-chv-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Chuvash is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Chuvash Cyrillic alphabet. Chuvash is an official language within Chuvashiya, one of the republics of the Russian Federation.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  119. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Chuvash (BGN/PCGN 2011 System)

    bgnpcgn-cv-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Chuvash is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Chuvash Cyrillic alphabet. Chuvash is an official language within Chuvashiya, one of the republics of the Russian Federation.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЧӑвашлаChăvashla
  120. bgnpcgn
    2000

    Roman-Script Spelling Convention of German (2000 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-deu-Latn-Latn-2000
    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    Dein weiβes Fleisch erregt mich soDein weisses Fleisch erregt mich so
  121. bgnpcgn
    1972

    Romanization of Maldivian (1972)

    bgnpcgn-div-Thaa-Latn-1972

    ROMANIZATION SYSTEM FOR MALDIVIAN BGN/PCGN 1972 System

    Lossy · many-to-oneThaaLatn
    އިރުގައި’iruga’i
  122. bgnpcgn
    1988

    Romanization of Maldivian (1988 Agreement, with 2009 modifications)

    bgnpcgn-div-Thaa-Latn-1988

    This romanization system supersedes the one that was approved by BGN and PCGN in 1972. An official system was submitted to PCGN by the Maldivian government in 1987 and approved by BGN and PCGN in 1988. The system presented here reflects the 1988 Agreement with minor modifications introduced by the government of the Maldives in 2009

    Lossless · 1:1ThaaLatn
    އިރުގައިirugai
  123. bgnpcgn
    2010

    Romanization of Dzongkha (2010 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-dzo-Tibt-Latn-2010

    This romanization system for Dzongkha was developed by the Dzongkha Development Commission. Bhutan's Ministry of Home Affairs approved this system in 1997 and mandated that the Bhutanese government use standardized spellings of geographical names and official guidelines for romanization. The tabulation is derived from the version available on the UNGEGN Working Group on Romanization Systems website.

    TibtLatn
    ཐིམ་ཕུthimphu
  124. bgnpcgn
    1962

    Romanization of Greek (1962)

    bgnpcgn-ell-Grek-Latn-1962

    BGN/PCGN Romanization table for Greek

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrídha tin ékhomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amathís kai ploúsioi kai ftokhoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o kathís, ékhomen na zísomen edhó. To loipón dhoulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin filámen ki óloi mazí kai na min léyi oúte o dhinatós «egó» oúte o adhínatos. Xérete póte na léyi o kathís «egó»? Ótan agonistí mónos tou kai fkiási í khalási, na léyi «egó»; ótan ómos agonízondai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emís». Ímaste is to «emís» ki ókhi is to «egó». Kai is to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen khorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Yiánnis Makriyiánnis.
  125. bgnpcgn
    1996

    Romanization of Greek (1996)

    bgnpcgn-ell-Grek-Latn-1996

    BGN/PCGN Romanization table for Greek

    Lossless · 1:1GrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrída tin échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftochoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o katheís, échomen na zísomen edó. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na min légei oúte o dynatós «egó» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó»? Ótan agonisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í chalásei, na légei «egó»; ótan ómos agonízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó». Kai eis to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen chorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Giánnis Makrygiánnis.
  126. bgnpcgn
    1964

    Romanization of Faeroese (1964)

    bgnpcgn-fao-Latn-Latn-1964

    The Faeroese language is a dialect of Icelandic and, like Icelandic, employs the letter eth (Ð ð). Unlike Icelandic, however, the Faeroese ð has the sound of y (as in "yes") before i, v before u, and is silent in all other cases. The Icelandic letter thorn (Þ þ) does not occur in the writing of Faeroese. To avoid the use of the unfamiliar symbol ð, the Board transliterates it as dh, as in Icelandic, even though its pronunciation in the two languages is not the same.

    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    FyrirgefðuFyrirgefdhu
  127. bgnpcgn
    1968

    Roman-Script Spelling Convention of Faroese (1968 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-fao-Latn-Latn-1968
    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    FyrirgefðuFyrirgefdhu
  128. bgnpcgn
    1947

    Romanization of Arabic (1956)

    bgnpcgn-fas-Arab-Latn-1956

    This System was adopted by the BGN in 1946 and by the PCGN in 1956 and is applied in the systematic romanization of geographic names in Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Syria, the United Arab Emirates, and Yemen. Uniform results in the romanization of Arabic are difficult to obtain, since vowel points and diacritical marks are generally omitted from both manual and machine writing. It follows that for correct identification of the words which appear in any particular name, knowledge of its standard Arabic- script spelling including proper pointing, and recognition of dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations are essential. In order to bring about uniformity in the Roman-script spelling of geographic names in Arabic- language areas, the system is based insofar as possible on fully pointed modern standard Arabic. In the interest of clarity, vowel pointing has been applied to the examples below. Arabic is written from right to left, and does not make a distinction between upper and lower case.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    No reference vector
  129. bgnpcgn
    1964

    Transliteration of Icelandic (1947)

    bgnpcgn-isl-Latn-Latn-1964

    The BGN and the PCGn in 1947 jointly agreed to the transliteration of two letters of the Icelandic alphabet which, although used in writing Old English, have disappeared from the modern English alphabet. The transliterated letters are the edh (Ð ð) and the thorn (Þ þ), pronounced as th in "thus" and th in "think," respectively. It was felt that it was better to transliterate these letters into familiar symbols than preserve such unfamiliar letters in the nomenclature.

    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    FyrirgefðuFyrirgefdhu
  130. bgnpcgn
    1968

    Roman-Script Spelling Convention of Icelandic (1968 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-isl-Latn-Latn-1968
    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    FyrirgefðuFyrirgefdhu
  131. bgnpcgn
    2013

    Romanization of Inuktitut (2013 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-iu-Cans-Latn-2013

    The BGN/PCGN system for Inuktitut romanizes Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics (qaniujaaqpait) used for geographic names in Nunavut. The syllabic chart was approved by the Inuit Cultural Institute at Arviat in 1976. The BGN/PCGN agreement is dated 2013 and was checked for validity and accuracy in June 2018.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCansLatn
    ᐃI
  132. bgnpcgn

    Romanization of Japanese -- Kana Modified Hepburn (1930)

    bgnpcgn-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-1976
    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    てがた-からみでんTegata-karamiden
  133. bgnpcgn
    1981

    Romanization of Georgian (1981)

    bgnpcgn-kat-Geor-Latn-1981

    BGN/PCGN system of 1981.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGeorLatn
    ჰებუდიhebudi
  134. bgnpcgn
    2009

    Romanization of Georgian (2009 Agreement, Georgia 2011 national system)

    bgnpcgn-kat-Geor-Latn-2009

    This romanization system corresponds to that devised in 2002 by the State Department of Geodesy and Cartography of Georgia and the Institute of Linguistics of the Georgian Academy of Sciences, and approved by Presidential Decree 109 of 24 February 2011. It represents the Mkhedruli alphabet, as presently used in Georgia. This system was adopted by BGN and PCGN in 2009, superseding the BGN/PCGN system of 1981.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    თბილისიtbilisi
  135. bgnpcgn
    1979

    Romanization of Kazakh (1979)

    bgnpcgn-kaz-Cyrl-Latn-1979

    The BGN/PCGN system for Kazakh was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Kazakh Cyrillic alphabet. The Kazakh Cyrillic alphabet contains nine characters not present in the Russian alphabet: ә, ғ, қ, ң, ө, ұ, ү, һ and і.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ӨңірекÖngirek
  136. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Kabardian (2011)

    bgnpcgn-kbd-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Kabardian is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Kabardian Cyrillic alphabet. Kabardian, of the north-western Caucasian language family, is principally spoken in Russia's republics of Kabardino-Balkariya and Karachayevo-Cherkesiya and has been written in a modified Cyrillic script since 1936. Also known as East Circassian, Kabardian is notable for its rich density of consonant phonemes (most commentators agree on an inventory of 47 or 48) and corresponding paucity of vowels. Kabardian letters are addressed in the romanizations as per their articulation: glottalised consonants are marked with an apostrophe, and labialized consonants with w.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  137. bgnpcgn
    1979

    Romanization of Kyrgyz (1979)

    bgnpcgn-kir-Cyrl-Latn-1979

    The BGN/PCGN system for Kyrgyz Cyrillic was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Kyrgyz Cyrillic alphabet. The Kyrgyz Cyrillic alphabet contains three characters not present in the Russian alphabet: Ң , Ө, and Y.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Ысык-Көл ОблусуYsyk-Köl Oblusu
  138. bgnpcgn
    1945

    Romanization of Korean for DPRK (Hangul-Latin) (1945 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-kor-Hang-Latn-kn-1945
    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    평양P’yŏngyang
  139. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Korean for ROK (Hangul-Latin) (2011 Agreement, MOCT System 2000)

    bgnpcgn-kor-Hang-Latn-rok-2011
    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    불국사Bulguksa
  140. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Korean for ROK (Korean-Latin) (2011 Agreement, MOCT System 2000)

    bgnpcgn-kor-Kore-Latn-rok-2011

    Establishes a system for the transliteration of the characters of Korean script into Latin characters. Intended to provide a means for international communication of written documents.

    Lossless · 1:1KoreLatn
    佛國寺Bulguksa
  141. bgnpcgn
    2008

    Table of Correspondences for Karachay-Balkar (Cyrillic-Roman) (2008 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-krc-Cyrl-Latn-2008

    Karachay-Balkar is an official language within Karachayevo-Cherkesiya and Kabardino-Balkariya, two of the republics of the Russian Federation. It will normally be encountered in Cyrillic script, in which case it should be romanized by means of the Cyrillic-Roman table of correspondences given below.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  142. bgnpcgn
    2007

    Romanization of Kurdish (2007)

    bgnpcgn-kur-Arab-Latn-2007

    The tabulation below is applicable to the Kurdish language as a whole. It is based for the most part on the Hawar Roman alphabet used in the Library of Congress Standard Kurdish Orthography Table, but it also incorporates certain non-Hawar elements found in A Kurdish-English Dictionary (Taufiq Wahby & C J Edmonds, OUP, 1966). The tabulation covers both major varieties of the Kurdish language: Kurmanji and Sorani. Kurmanji is spoken principally in Turkey and in Iraq north of the Great Zab River (Dahūk/Dihok Governorate). It is generally written in Roman script, and usually employs the Roman orthography. Sorani is spoken principally in Iraq south of the Great Zab river (Arbīl/Hewlêr and As Sulaymānīyah/Slêmanî governorates). It is generally written in Perso-Arabic script, and usually employs the Perso-Arabic script orthography. Kurdish forms of geographical names in Turkey will usually be found in Roman script, and so no romanization process will be required. The digraph options for consonant letters '\\u0686', '\\u0634', and '\\u063A' will not be encountered for such names. In Iraq, Syria, and Iran, Kurdish will usually be encountered in Perso-Arabic script, in which case it should be romanized into the corresponding Roman script form. Kurdish geographical names for places and features outside Turkey, found in Roman script form, should, where necessary and if possible, be tailored to fit the orthography of the Romanization shown below and should employ the digraph options for consonant letters '\\u0686', '\\u0634', and '\\u063A'.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    كاني ماسێKanî Masê
  143. bgnpcgn
    1981

    Romanization for Macedonian (1981)

    bgnpcgn-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-1981

    BGN/PCGN Romanization table for Macedonian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    ЃолĐol
  144. bgnpcgn
    2013

    Romanization for Macedonian (2013)

    bgnpcgn-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-2013

    Macedonian was officially established as a written language in Yugoslavia during World War II and is now the official language of North Macedonia. This romanization system replaces the BGN/PCGN 1981 agreement and adheres to the most widely-accepted standardization of Macedonian orthography.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Ѓенови ЛиваѓеǴenovi Livaǵe
  145. bgnpcgn
    1964

    Romanization of Mongolian (1964)

    bgnpcgn-mon-Cyrl-Latn-1964

    This system was originated by the PCGN in 1957 and adopted as a BGN/PCGN System in 1964. It is intended for use in the romanization of geographic names in the "Mongolian People's Republic" but not to romanize Mongolian names in adjacent parts of China and the U.S.S.R.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Эрдэнэт СумErdenet Sum
  146. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization for Nepali (2011 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-nep-Deva-Latn-2011

    The BGN and the PCGN have adopted the Nepal Survey Department (NSD) system for the romanization of Nepali names. This system, below, should be applied to Nepali names for which Roman‐ script spellings in materials produced by the government of Nepal are not available.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    लेखनlekhn
  147. bgnpcgn
    2009

    Romanization of Ossetian (BGN/PCGN 2009 System)

    bgnpcgn-os-Cyrl-Latn-2009

    The BGN/PCGN system for Ossetian is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Ossetian Cyrillic alphabet. Ossetian is a member of the north-eastern Iranian language group and has over half a million speakers. It has principally been written in a modified Cyrillic alphabet though a Roman alphabet was used between 1923 and 1938. The BGN/PCGN Romanization System is derived from the correspondences between that Roman alphabet and the Cyrillic alphabet used for Ossetian today, with modifications to suit an English-language user.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ДзауDzaw
  148. bgnpcgn
    2009

    Romanization of Ossetian (2009)

    bgnpcgn-oss-Cyrl-Latn-2009

    The BGN/PCGN system for Ossetian is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Ossetian Cyrillic alphabet. Ossetian is a member of the north-eastern Iranian language group and has over half a million speakers. It has principally been written in a modified Cyrillic alphabet, though a Roman alphabet was used between 1923 and 1938. The BGN/PCGN Romanization System is derived from the correspondences between that Roman alphabet and the Cyrillic alphabet used for Ossetian today, with modifications to suit an English-language user.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  149. bgnpcgn
    1958

    Transliteration System for Persian (1958)

    bgnpcgn-per-Arab-Latn-1958

    The BGN/PCGN 1958 System for the Persian alphabet was adopted by the BGN in 1946 and by the PCGN In 1958. It Is used for the romanization of standard geographic names in Iran. The Persian alphabet is the same as the Arabic alphabet except for the addition of four consonant symbols for sounds which do not occur in Arabic. Therefore, the same conversion values are used for the Persian alphabet as for the Arabic alphabet wherever phonetically valid. Where letters common to the two alphabets have different pronunciation in the two languages, conversion values reflecting the Persian pronunciation are provided in the Persian system. It may be noted that neither the system of pointing nor the conversion values for vowels and diphthongs are the same for Persian as for Arabic. Persian presents the same problems of vowel pointing as Arabic in that the short vowel symbols necessary for the proper rendering of short vowels, long vowels, and diphthongs are almost always omitted from written Persian. It follows that, in order to produce transliterations in terms of standard written Persian, the transliterator must be able to identify the words used in names and must know their standard written Persian spelling, their proper vowel pointing, and how to eliminate peculiarities due to dialectical variation. The notes and special rules explain details of transliteration not stated in the tables.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    اَنجِيرةAnjīreh
  150. bgnpcgn
    2007

    National Romanization System for Afghanistan (2007)

    bgnpcgn-prs-Arab-Latn-2007

    This romanization system agreed by BGN and PCGN in November 2007, accommodates the linguistic complexity of Afghanistan as manifest in its geographical names. The following tabulation shows the original Perso-Arabic script with accompanying Unicode value (columns 1a and b), the Yaghoubi romanization (column 2), the BGN/PCGN romanization with accompanying Unicode value (columns 3a and b), an English phonetic example (column 4), and an example toponym (columns 5b and c). [The Yaghoubi romanization system was developed in 1959 by Muzaffarud Din Yaqubi (commonly seen as Yaghoubi). It is a native official system designed to reflect Afghan names, both Dari and Pashto, and both pronunciation and genuine linguistic truth.] The tables function as both a romanization system for Afghanistan (i.e. with access to the original script, these tables can be applied to get a standardized Roman result - moving from columns 1 to 3) and as a means of converting the available Yaghoubi Roman-script spellings, as appear on the Fairchild Aerial Surveys map series, to standard BGN/PCGN spellings (moving from columns 2 to 3). The points used in Arabic to mark short vowels and certain other diacritical marks are infrequently written in Afghanistan. Consequently, a reference source may sometimes be required to aid correct identification of the standard spellings and proper vowels and elimination of dialectal and idiosyncratic variations. In the interests of clarity, the example columns show script with vowel pointing from Arabic to indicate the short vowels that are included alongside the unpointed form that will usually be encountered. However it should be noted that the pronunciation of short vowels will vary. Note: it is recommended that a font such as Scheherazade, available from www.sil.org, which includes the Unicode extended Arabic sub-range, be used to view this system. [Please note that the identification of a particular font does not represent an endorsement of any specific product or manufacturer.]

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بَغْلانBaghlān
  151. bgnpcgn
    2007

    National Romanization System for Afghanistan -- Yaghoubi (2007)

    bgnpcgn-prs-Arab-Latn-yaghoubi

    This romanization system agreed by BGN and PCGN in November 2007, accommodates the linguistic complexity of Afghanistan as manifest in its geographical names. The following tabulation shows the original Perso-Arabic script with accompanying Unicode value (columns 1a and b), the Yaghoubi romanization (column 2), the BGN/PCGN romanization with accompanying Unicode value (columns 3a and b), an English phonetic example (column 4), and an example toponym (columns 5b and c). [The Yaghoubi romanization system was developed in 1959 by Muzaffarud Din Yaqubi (commonly seen as Yaghoubi). It is a native official system designed to reflect Afghan names, both Dari and Pashto, and both pronunciation and genuine linguistic truth.] The tables function as both a romanization system for Afghanistan (i.e. with access to the original script, these tables can be applied to get a standardized Roman result - moving from columns 1 to 3) and as a means of converting the available Yaghoubi Roman-script spellings, as appear on the Fairchild Aerial Surveys map series, to standard BGN/PCGN spellings (moving from columns 2 to 3). The points used in Arabic to mark short vowels and certain other diacritical marks are infrequently written in Afghanistan. Consequently, a reference source may sometimes be required to aid correct identification of the standard spellings and proper vowels and elimination of dialectal and idiosyncratic variations. In the interests of clarity, the example columns show script with vowel pointing from Arabic to indicate the short vowels that are included alongside the unpointed form that will usually be encountered. However it should be noted that the pronunciation of short vowels will vary. Note: it is recommended that a font such as Scheherazade, available from www.sil.org, which includes the Unicode extended Arabic sub-range, be used to view this system. [Please note that the identification of a particular font does not represent an endorsement of any specific product or manufacturer.]

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بَغْلَانbaghlān
  152. bgnpcgn
    1968

    Romanization of Pashto (1968)

    bgnpcgn-pus-Arab-Latn-1968

    Pashto is an Indo-Iranian language and is one of two nationally official languages in Afghanistan and one of five regionally recognised languages in Pakistan. The romanization system presented here may be applied to all Pashto geographical names. Although the BGN/PCGN policy for geographical names in Afghanistan is to apply the BGN/PCGN national system of romanization for Afghanistan (2007), which incorporates Dari elements, when applied to a Pashto geographical name, the romanized results of the BGN/PCGN national system for Afghanistan are the same as those of this Pashto romanization system1 . The Pashto alphabet uses a modified form of the Perso-Arabic script, and contains twelve additional consonants not present in standard Arabic, as well as three additional vowel characters and an additional vowel point. ڼ گ ښ ژ ږ ړ ډ ځ څ چ ټ پ :Consonants ٙ :Point Vowel; ې ۍ ى :Vowels The points used in Arabic to mark short vowels and certain other diacritical marks are not written in Pashto. Consequently, a reference source may sometimes be required to aid correct identification of the standard spellings and proper vowels and elimination of dialectal and idiosyncratic variations. In the interests of clarity, a column showing vowel pointing from Arabic to indicate short vowels has been included in the examples below, alongside the unpointed form that will usually be encountered. However it should be noted that the pronunciation of short vowels will vary. (Note: it is recommended that a font such as Scheherazade, available from www.sil.org, which includes the Unicode extended Arabic sub-range, be used to view this system2 .)

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بَغْلانBaghlān
  153. bgnpcgn
    2002

    Table of Correspondences for Moldovan (Cyrillic-Roman) (2002 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-ron-Cyrl-Latn-2002

    In 1990, the Moldovan authorities adopted the Roman alphabet to replace the existing Cyrillic alphabet. The presentation below provides a table of correspondences between the former Cyrillic alphabet and the current Roman alphabet. When Moldovan Roman-alphabet spellings are not available, this table can be used to convert Moldovan Cyrillic spellings. It should be noted that Moldovan is little used as a language label now, and is usually considered as Romanian.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Бунэ диминеа'ца!Bună diminea'ţa!
  154. bgnpcgn
    2016

    Romanization of Rusyn (2016)

    bgnpcgn-rue-Cyrl-Latn-2016

    The BGN/PCGN system for Rusyn was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Rusyn alphabet. There are two primary dialects of the Rusyn language: Carpatho‐Rusyn and Pannonian Rusyn. The Rusyn alphabet is almost identical to the Ukrainian alphabet, but contains three characters not present in the Ukrainian alphabet: ё, ы, and ъ. These letters are also absent from the alphabet used by Pannonian Rusyn. This table applies to both dialects of Rusyn.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    русиньскый языкrusyn'skyj yazyk
  155. bgnpcgn
    1947

    Romanization of Russian (1947)

    bgnpcgn-rus-Cyrl-Latn-1947

    The BGN/PCGN system for Russian was adopted by the BGN in 1944 and by the PCGN in 1947 for use in romanizing names written in the Russian Cyrillic alphabet.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Выборы депутатов Государственной Думы Федерального Собрания Российской Федерации седьмого созыва Дата голосования: 18.09.2016 Наименование Избирательной комиссии: ЦИК России Сводная таблица результатов выборов по федеральному избирательному округу Число избирателей, внесенных в список избирателей на момент окончания голосования Число избирательных бюллетеней, полученных участковой избирательной комиссией Число избирательных бюллетеней, выданных избирателям, проголосовавшим досрочно Число избирательных бюллетеней, выданных в помещении для голосования в день голосования Число избирательных бюллетеней, выданных вне помещения для голосования в день голосования Число погашенных избирательных бюллетеней Число избирательных бюллетеней, содержащихся в переносных ящиках для голосования Число избирательных бюллетеней, содержащихся в стационарных ящиках для голосования Число недействительных избирательных бюллетеней Число действительных избирательных бюллетеней Число открепительных удостоверений, полученных участковой избирательной комиссией Число открепительных удостоверений, выданных на избирательном участке до дня голосования Число избирателей, проголосовавших по открепительным удостоверениям на избирательном участке Число погашенных неиспользованных открепительных удостоверений Число открепительных удостоверений, выданных избирателям территориальной избирательной комиссией Число утраченных открепительных удостоверений Число утраченных избирательных бюллетеней Число избирательных бюллетеней, не учтенных при получении 1. ВСЕРОССИЙСКАЯ ПОЛИТИЧЕСКАЯ ПАРТИЯ "РОДИНА" 2. Политическая партия КОММУНИСТИЧЕСКАЯ ПАРТИЯ КОММУНИСТЫ РОССИИ 3. Политическая партия "Российская партия пенсионеров за справедливость" 4. Всероссийская политическая партия "ЕДИНАЯ РОССИЯ" 5. Политическая партия "Российская экологическая партия "Зеленые" 6. Политическая партия "Гражданская Платформа" 7. Политическая партия ЛДПР - Либерально-демократическая партия России 8. Политическая партия "Партия народной свободы" (ПАРНАС) 9. Всероссийская политическая партия "ПАРТИЯ РОСТА" 10. Общественная организация Всероссийская политическая партия "Гражданская Сила" 11. Политическая партия "Российская объединенная демократическая партия "ЯБЛОКО" 12. Политическая партия "КОММУНИСТИЧЕСКАЯ ПАРТИЯ РОССИЙСКОЙ ФЕДЕРАЦИИ" 13. Политическая партия "ПАТРИОТЫ РОССИИ" 14. Политическая партия СПРАВЕДЛИВАЯ РОССИЯ Данные окружных избирательных комиссий о числе открепительных удостоверений Число открепительных удостоверений, полученных окружной избирательной комиссией Число открепительных удостоверений, выданных территориальным избирательным комиссиям Число неиспользованных открепительных удостоверений, погашенных окружной избирательной комиссией Число открепительных удостоверений, утраченных в окружной избирательной комиссииVybory deputatov Gosudarstvennoy Dumy Federal’nogo Sobraniya Rossiyskoy Federatsii sed’mogo sozyva Data golosovaniya: 18.09.2016 Naimenovaniye Izbiratel’noy komissii: TSIK Rossii Svodnaya tablitsa rezul’tatov vyborov po federal’nomu izbiratel’nomu okrugu Chislo izbirateley, vnesennykh v spisok izbirateley na moment okonchaniya golosovaniya Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, poluchennykh uchastkovoy izbiratel’noy komissiyey Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, vydannykh izbiratelyam, progolosovavshim dosrochno Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, vydannykh v pomeshchenii dlya golosovaniya v den’ golosovaniya Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, vydannykh vne pomeshcheniya dlya golosovaniya v den’ golosovaniya Chislo pogashennykh izbiratel’nykh byulleteney Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, soderzhashchikhsya v perenosnykh yashchikakh dlya golosovaniya Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, soderzhashchikhsya v statsionarnykh yashchikakh dlya golosovaniya Chislo nedeystvitel’nykh izbiratel’nykh byulleteney Chislo deystvitel’nykh izbiratel’nykh byulleteney Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, poluchennykh uchastkovoy izbiratel’noy komissiyey Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, vydannykh na izbiratel’nom uchastke do dnya golosovaniya Chislo izbirateley, progolosovavshikh po otkrepitel’nym udostovereniyam na izbiratel’nom uchastke Chislo pogashennykh neispol’zovannykh otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, vydannykh izbiratelyam territorial’noy izbiratel’noy komissiyey Chislo utrachennykh otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy Chislo utrachennykh izbiratel’nykh byulleteney Chislo izbiratel’nykh byulleteney, ne uchtennykh pri poluchenii 1. VSEROSSIYSKAYA POLITICHESKAYA PARTIYA "RODINA" 2. Politicheskaya partiya KOMMUNISTICHESKAYA PARTIYA KOMMUNISTY ROSSII 3. Politicheskaya partiya "Rossiyskaya partiya pensionerov za spravedlivost’" 4. Vserossiyskaya politicheskaya partiya "YEDINAYA ROSSIYA" 5. Politicheskaya partiya "Rossiyskaya ekologicheskaya partiya "Zelenyye" 6. Politicheskaya partiya "Grazhdanskaya Platforma" 7. Politicheskaya partiya LDPR - Liberal’no-demokraticheskaya partiya Rossii 8. Politicheskaya partiya "Partiya narodnoy svobody" (PARNAS) 9. Vserossiyskaya politicheskaya partiya "PARTIYA ROSTA" 10. Obshchestvennaya organizatsiya Vserossiyskaya politicheskaya partiya "Grazhdanskaya Sila" 11. Politicheskaya partiya "Rossiyskaya ob"yedinennaya demokraticheskaya partiya "YABLOKO" 12. Politicheskaya partiya "KOMMUNISTICHESKAYA PARTIYA ROSSIYSKOY FEDERATSII" 13. Politicheskaya partiya "PATRIOTY ROSSII" 14. Politicheskaya partiya SPRAVEDLIVAYA ROSSIYA Dannyye okruzhnykh izbiratel’nykh komissiy o chisle otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, poluchennykh okruzhnoy izbiratel’noy komissiyey Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, vydannykh territorial’nym izbiratel’nym komissiyam Chislo neispol’zovannykh otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, pogashennykh okruzhnoy izbiratel’noy komissiyey Chislo otkrepitel’nykh udostovereniy, utrachennykh v okruzhnoy izbiratel’noy komissii
  156. bgnpcgn
    2012

    Romanization of Yakut (2012)

    bgnpcgn-sah-Cyrl-Latn-2012

    Yakut, or Sakha, is a Turkic language spoken by the Yakut people of the Sakha (Yakutiya) Republic of the Russian Federation. The BGN/PCGN system romanizes names written in the Yakut Cyrillic alphabet.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  157. bgnpcgn
    1984

    Roman-Script Spelling Convention of Northern Sami (North Lappish) (1984 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-sme-Latn-Latn-1984
    Lossless · 1:1LatnLatn
    adjágasadjágas
  158. bgnpcgn
    1962

    Transliteration of Serbian Cyrillic

    bgnpcgn-srp-Cyrl-Latn-1962

    Serbo-Croatian, the official national language of Yugoslavia, is a single literary language. In Serbian areas it is written in the cyrillic (Serbian) alphabet, while in Croatian areas it is written in the roman (Croatian) alphabet. Both the BGN and PCGN use the standard Croatian equivalents for formalizing the Serbian cyrillic alphabet whenever romanized names are not available.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Шупља СтенаŠuplja Stena
  159. bgnpcgn
    2005

    Table of Correspondences for Serbian (Cyrillic-Roman) (2005 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-srp-Cyrl-Latn-2005

    The tabulation below reflects the Serbian Cyrillic alphabet and the standard Roman script equivalents used in both Serbia and Montenegro.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Шупља СтенаŠuplja Stena
  160. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization System for Modern Syriac Script (BGN/PCGN 2011 System)

    bgnpcgn-syc-Syrc-Latn-2011

    The modern Syriac script is used today by Assyrian writers of the neo-Aramaic language. This Romanization System may be applied to any toponyms written in this script as may be encountered in parts of northern Iraq, Syria, northern Iran and eastern Turkey. The Neo-Aramaic language has a degree of locally official status within Iraq, and accordingly some bilingual Arabic and modern Syriac signage may be encountered. The script is closely aligned to that of both Hebrew and Arabic, and, as these, is written from right to left. In this Romanization System, “strong” consonants have been marked with a sub-dot so as not to give a closer visual relation to either Arabic (which marks such consonants with a cedilla) or Hebrew (which marks these with an underbar). The equivalences where they exist in the Arabic and Hebrew scripts have also been shown only for a guide to the cognate root.

    Lossless · 1:1SyrcLatn
    ܒܝܬbyt
  161. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of modern Syriac script (2011)

    bgnpcgn-syr-Syrc-Latn-2011

    The modern Syriac script is used today by Assyrian writers of the neo-Aramaic language. This Romanization System may be applied to any toponyms written in this script as may be encountered in parts of northern Iraq, Syria, northern Iran and eastern Turkey. The Neo-Aramaic language has a degree of locally official status within Iraq, and accordingly some bilingual Arabic and modern Syriac signage may be encountered. The script is closely aligned to that of both Hebrew and Arabic, and, as these, is written from right to left. In this Romanization System, 'strong' consonants have been marked with a sub-dot so as not to give a closer visual relation to either Arabic (which marks such consonants with a cedilla) or Hebrew (which marks these with an underbar). The equivalences where they exist in the Arabic and Hebrew scripts have also been shown only for a guide to the cognate root.

    SyrcLatn
    No reference vector
  162. bgnpcgn
    2007

    Table of Correspondences for Tatar (Cyrillic-Roman) (2007 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-tat-Cyrl-Latn-2007

    Tatar is an official language within Respublika Tatarstan, one of the republics of the Russian Federation. It will normally be encountered in Cyrillic script, in which case it should be romanized by means of the Cyrillic-Roman table of correspondences given below.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ГыйльмиевĞil’miew
  163. bgnpcgn
    1994

    Romanization of Tajik (1994)

    bgnpcgn-tgk-Cyrl-Latn-1994

    The BGN/PCGN system for Tajik was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Tajik Cyrillic alphabet. The Tajik Cyrillic alphabet contains six characters not present in the Russian alphabet: ғ, ӣ, қ, ӯ, ҳ and ҷ. An orthographic reform of the Tajik Cyrillic alphabet was implemented under the auspices of the Academy of Sciences of Tajikistan. This reform was promulgated in a decree of 3 September 1998 by the government of the Republic of Tajikistan. The reform abolished the characters ц, щ, ь and ы (see notes 2 through 5).

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Тамоми одамон озод ба дунё меоянд ва аз лиҳози манзилату ҳуқуқ бо ҳам баробаранд. Ҳама соҳиби ақлу виҷдонанд, бояд нисбат ба якдигар бародарвор муносабат намоянд.Tamomi odamon ozod ba dunyo meoyand va az lihozi manzilatu huquq bo ham barobarand. Hama sohibi aqlu vijdonand, boyad nisbat ba yakdigar barodarvor munosabat namoyand.
  164. bgnpcgn
    2000

    BGN/PCGN 2002 agreement — Romanization of Thai (Royal Institute of Thailand system)

    bgnpcgn-tha-Thai-Latn-2002
    Lossy · many-to-oneThaiLatn
    ภาษาไทยphasathai
  165. bgnpcgn
    2007

    Romanization of Tigrinya (2007)

    bgnpcgn-tir-Ethi-Latn-2007

    The BGN/PCGN system for Tigrinya is designed for use in romanizing geographical names written in Tigrinya (Ge’ez) characters. The Roman letters and letter combinations shown as ek’uivalents to the Tigrinya characters reflect modern Tigrinya pronunciation, while taking into account some conscious archaisms based on Ge’ez and liturgical practices.

    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyeziegĭnetĭ kĭbĭrĭ be ’itĭyop’ĭyachĭnĭ ts’enĭto
  166. bgnpcgn
    1979

    TURKMEN Cyrillic script

    bgnpcgn-tuk-Cyrl-Latn-1979
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    AшгабатAshgabat
  167. bgnpcgn
    1993

    Table of Correspondences for Turkmen (Cyrillic-Roman) (2000 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-tuk-Cyrl-Latn-1993

    In 1993, the Turkmen government adopted the Roman alphabet to replace the existing Cyrillic alphabet. The presentation below provides a table of correspondences between the former Cyrillic alphabet and the current Roman alphabet. When Turkmen Roman-alphabet spellings are not available, this table can be used to convert Turkmen Cyrillic spellings. This table of correspondences supersedes the BGN/PCGN 1979 romanization system for Turkmen.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    AшгабатAşgabat
  168. bgnpcgn
    2011

    Romanization of Udmurt (2011)

    bgnpcgn-udm-Cyrl-Latn-2011

    The BGN/PCGN system for Udmurt is designed for use in romanizing names written in the Udmurt Cyrillic alphabet. Udmurt (sometimes known as Votyak) is a member of the Permian branch of the Finno-Ugric languages and is an official language alongside Russian in the Russian Federation's republic of Udmurtiya; it has existed in written form since the late 18th century, and first appeared in its present Cyrillic orthography in 1905.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  169. bgnpcgn
    1947

    Romanization of Ukrainian (1965)

    bgnpcgn-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1965

    The BGN/PCGN system for Ukrainian was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Ukrainian alphabet. The Ukrainian alphabet contains five characters not present in the Russian alphabet: ґ, є, і, ї, and ’.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Авдіївська МіськрадаAvdiyivs’ka Mis’krada
  170. bgnpcgn
    2019

    Romanization of Ukrainian (2019 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2019

    The BGN/PCGN system for Ukrainian was designed for use in romanizing names written in the Ukrainian alphabet. It is an adoption of the Ukrainian national system in use since 2010, and supersedes the BGN/PCGN 1965 System for Ukrainian.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    АлуштаAlushta
  171. bgnpcgn
    2007

    Romanization of Urdu (2007)

    bgnpcgn-urd-Arab-Latn-2007

    The following is the approved romanization system for deriving standard spellings of Urdu geographical names for Pakistan. It was jointly adopted by BGN and PCGN at the 23rd BGN/PCGN Conference in Washington, DC, in 2007 and it is based on the Hunterian romanization system for Urdu, which has been used by the Surveys of India and Pakistan for romanizing Urdu geographical names for more than one hundred years. The BGN/PCGN system laid out below includes diacritical marks in order that the original script can be derived from the romanized form (i.e. it is reversible). For desk users requiring a diacritic-free form, these diacritics can simply be removed. In every case the same basic Roman-script characters are kept as are used in the Hunterian system. The BGN/PCGN forms have further been designed to harmonize with the BGN/PCGN Persian romanization system.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    پَالِيرPālīr
  172. bgnpcgn
    1979

    Romanization of Uzbek Cyrillic (1979)

    bgnpcgn-uzb-Cyrl-Latn-1979
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Ўзбек ёзувиŬzbek yozuwi
  173. bgnpcgn
    2000

    Table of Correspondences for Uzbek (Cyrillic-Roman) (2000 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-uzb-Cyrl-Latn-2000

    In 1995, the Uzbek government adopted the Roman alphabet to replace the existing Cyrillic alphabet. The presentation below provides a table of correspondences between the former Cyrillic alphabet and the current Roman alphabet. When Uzbek Roman-alphabet spellings are not available, this table can be used to convert Uzbek Cyrillic spellings. This table of correspondences supersedes the BGN/PCGN 1979 romanization system for Uzbek.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Ўзбек ёзувиO‘zbek yozuwi
  174. bgnpcgn
    1979

    Romanization of Chinese (1979 Agreement)

    bgnpcgn-zho-Hans-Latn-1979

    Chinese characters that represent Mandarin Chinese names of geographical features in the People’s Republic of China (P.R.C.) and which appear in official sources published by the P.R.C. are romanized by the BGN and PCGN by means of the Hanyu Pinyin system. The principal source of approved readings for such characters is the dictionary Xinhua Zidian, published by Commercial Press, Beijing, China, in 2004. Chinese characters which represent Mandarin Chinese names of geographical features in Taiwan are either romanized by means of the Hanyu Pinyin system, or internationally recognised conventional names are used, in accordance with local conventions. For further details of romanization policy both for Chinese-speaking and minority-language areas of China, as well as Taiwan, please consult BGN or PCGN.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHansLatn
    中国zhongguo
  175. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Assamese Romanization

    bis-asm-Beng-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    অসমীয়া কবিতাasmīẏā kbitā
  176. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Bengali Romanization

    bis-ben-Beng-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    টিকাṭikā
  177. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Devanagri Romanization

    bis-dev-Deva-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    हमhm
  178. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Gujrati Romanization

    bis-guj-Gujr-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneGujrLatn
    અમિત શાહનો કોરોના રિપોર્ટ 2 ઓગસ્ટે પોઝિટિવ આવ્યો હતો, ત્યારથી તેમનું સ્વાસ્થ્ય સારું નથીamit śāhnŏ kŏrŏnā ripŏrṭ 2 ŏgsṭē pŏjhiṭiv āvyŏ htŏ, tyārthī tēmnuṃ svāsthy sāruṃ nthī
  179. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Kannada Romanization

    bis-kan-Kana-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneKanaLatn
    ಈಗ ವೈರಲ್ ಆಗುತ್ತಿದೆ ಕಂಗನಾ ರಣಾವುತ್ ಹಳೇಯ ವಿಡಿಯೋīg vairl āguttide kṅgnā rṇāvut hḷēy viḍiyō
  180. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Malayalam Romanization

    bis-mlm-Mlym-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneMlymLatn
    സ്വപ്നയ്ക്കൊപ്പം ഹോട്ടലിൽ മന്ത്രിപുത്രൻ, ചിത്രങ്ങൾ; 4 കോടി കമ്മിഷനിലും പങ്കുപറ്റിsvpnykkeāppṃ hōṭṭlil mntriputrṇ, citrṅṅḷ; 4 kōṭi kmmiṣniluṃ pṅkupṟṟi
  181. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Oriya Romanization

    bis-ori-Orya-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneOryaLatn
    ସାମ୍ପ୍ରତିକ ବିଶ୍ବ ସ୍ଥିତାବସ୍ଥାକୁ ଚାଲେଞ୍ଜ୍‌ କରୁଥିବା ଦୁଇ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବୀ ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ଚୀନ୍‌ ଓ ରୁଷ୍: ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡ୍‌ ଗୁଇନ୍ଦା ଅଧିକାରୀsāmprtik biśb sthitābsthāku cālēñj kruthibā dui mukhẏ prtidbndbī hēuchnti cīn ŏ ruṣ: iṃlṇḍ guindā adhikārī
  182. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Panjabi(Gurmukhi) Romanization

    bis-pnj-Guru-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneGuruLatn
    ਸਦਾ ਜਵਾਨ ਰਹੋsdā jvāṉ rhō
  183. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Telegu Romanization

    bis-tel-Telu-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneTeluLatn
    ఇప్పుడు ఇదే కోవలో టాలీవుడ్‌లో మరో మల్టీస్టారర్‌ రూపొందనుందని సినీ వర్గాల్లో వార్తలు వినిపిస్తున్నాయిippuḍu idē kŏvlŏ ṭālīvuḍlŏ mrŏ mlṭīsṭārr rūpondnundni sinī vrgāllŏ vārtlu vinipistunnāyi
  184. bis
    1991

    Indian script code for information interchange (ISCII) -- Tamil Romanization

    bis-tml-Taml-Latn-13194-1991

    IS 13194 (1991): Indian script code for information interchange - ISCII [LITD 20: Indian Language Technologies and Products]

    Lossy · many-to-oneTamlLatn
    இளைஞர்களின் உறுதியான மனநிலையை பிரதிபலிக்கிறது: நீட் தேர்வில் 85-90 சதவீத மாணவர்கள் பங்கேற்பு - ரமேஷ் பொக்ரியால்iḷaiñrkḷiṉ uṟutiyāṉ mṉnilaiyai pirtiplikkiṟtu: nīṭ tērvil 85-90 ctvīt māṇvrkḷ pṅkēṟpu - rmēṣ pokriyāl
  185. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Byelorussian (White R.) column (the British system)

    bsi-bel-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Byelorussian (White R.) column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian).

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    МінскMinsk
  186. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Bulgarian column (the British system)

    bsi-bul-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Bulgarian column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian).

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    СофияSofiya
  187. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table D, Transliteration of Church Slavonic Cyrillic

    bsi-chu-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table D: transliteration of Church Slavonic Cyrillic. The table covers the full Church Slavonic alphabet including the yuses, ksi, psi, fita and izhitsa, with the letters' numerical values annotated.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  188. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table G, Transliteration of Greek characters

    bsi-ell-Grek-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table G: a letter-for-letter system for Greek, aimed at cataloguers and providing a one-to-one correspondence between Greek and Roman characters in both directions.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    ΑA
  189. bsi
    1982

    PD 6505:1982 Guide to the romanization of Korean (BSI mechanical system)

    bsi-kor-Kore-Latn-6505-1982

    BSI PD 6505:1982, Guide to the romanization of Korean. A mechanical, orthographic system: 14 consonants (the circle is silent initially and ng finally), 14 vowels including /ai/ /ei/ /yai/ /yei/, and the horizontal-stroke vowel rendered w; compound vowels are the plain concatenation of their components' values (\uC640 = oa, \uC65C = uei, \uC758 = wi). Not McCune-Reischauer. Transcribed visually from the scan (no text layer); letter tables and syllable mechanics from sections 2-3 read verbatim.

    KoreLatn
    아a
  190. bsi
    1982

    PD 6505:1982 Table VIII - The Romanization of All Letters in Sino-Korean Words

    bsi-kor-Kore-Latn-6505-1982-t8

    PD 6505:1982, Guide to the romanization of Korean, Table VIII (source p26): the Sino-Korean-specific layer of the guide. Values are McCune-Reischauer-style: o-breve for the ㅓ series, u-macron for ㅡ, w-compounds, the intervocalic voiced forms -g- -d- -b- -j- -r-, the syllable-final assimilation grid (-ngn- -ngm- -kt- -ls- -rh-), silent initial ㅇ, ㅆ romanized ss-, and a hyphen between syllables (the document's own convention in its bracketed examples). Transcribed visually from the scan at 8-10x. The guide's mechanical system (Part Four) is a separate map.

    KoreLatn
    군어kun-ŏ
  191. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Serbian & Macedonian (Macedonian) column (the British system)

    bsi-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Serbian & Macedonian (Macedonian) column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian). The column is shared with Serbian; this map adds the Macedonian-specific letters ѓ, ѕ and ќ to the shared rows.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Македонски ЈазикMakedonski Jazik
  192. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table E, Transliteration of Rumanian Cyrillic (Alfabetul Cirilic)

    bsi-ron-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table E: transliteration of Rumanian Cyrillic (Alfabetul Cirilic), the Cyrillic alphabet used for Romanian until 1860. For transliteration of Moldavian in the modern orthography, the table's companion note directs the reader to Table C (ISO/R9) in Section 2.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АA
  193. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Russian column (the British system)

    bsi-rus-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Russian column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian); this map is the Russian column. The Serbian and Macedonian column gives the latinica, the existing Latin alphabet of Serbo-Croat. British Standard confirmed December 1998; the BSI 05-2000 reprint is the digitized edition.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    БюллетеньByulleten’
  194. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Serbian column (the British system)

    bsi-srp-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Serbian column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian). This map is the Serbian rows of the column; the Macedonian-specific letters (ѓ, ѕ, ќ) are a separate map.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Заштита биљаZaštita bilja
  195. bsi
    1958

    BS 2979:1958 Transliteration of Cyrillic and Greek characters - Table A, Ukrainian column (the British system)

    bsi-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1958

    BS 2979:1958, Table A, Ukrainian column: the "British" system for (modern) Cyrillic. Table A is a five-column family table (East Slavonic: Russian, Ukrainian, Byelorussian; South Slavonic: Bulgarian, Serbian and Macedonian).

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    УкраїнськоїUkrayins’koyi
  196. by
    1998

    National System of Geographic Names Transmission into Roman Alphabet in Belarus

    by-bel-Cyrl-Latn-1998

    The national system of romanization for Belarusian was approved by the State Committee and Land Resources, Geodesy and Cartography, Republic of Belarus, on 20 March, 1998. This scheme was also supported by the Y. Kolas Institute of Linguistics and the Republic Committee on Toponymy at the Belarusian Academy of Sciences. While the system is still based on GOST 1983, it takes more precisely into account the peculiarities of the Belarusian orthography. The system is reversible though there may exist some ambiguous consonant combinations.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АршанскiAršanski
  197. by
    2007

    Transliteration of geographical names of the Republic of Belarus in letters of the Latin alphabet (2007)

    by-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2007

    RESOLUTION OF THE STATE COMMITTEE ON PROPERTY OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 11, 2007 No. 38 Regulatory Legal Acts Of The National Bank, National Academy Of Sciences Of Belarus, Ministries, Other Republican Government Bodies 8/16668 (06/18/2007) On amendments and additions to the Instructions for the transliteration of geographical names of the Republic of Belarus in letters of the Latin alphabet Based on the Regulation on the State Property Committee of the Republic of Belarus, approved by the Decree of the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus dated July 29, 2006 No. 958 "Issues of the State Committee on Property of the Republic of Belarus"

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    АршанскiAršanski
  198. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 2: Abchasisch (Caucasus)

    din-ab-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 2 (Abchasisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  199. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 1: Abasinisch (Caucasus)

    din-abq-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 1 (Abasinisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  200. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 3: Adygeisch (Caucasus)

    din-ady-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 3 (Adygeisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  201. din
    2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07 Transliteration des arabischen Alphabets

    din-ara-Arab-Latn-31635-2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07, section 6: transliteration of the Arabic alphabet, applicable to classical and modern standard Arabic. Based on the 1935 recommendation of the International Orientalists' Congress and nearly identical to ISO 233:1984, with additional provisions in the notes for transliteration work. The norm's Persian, Kurdish and Urdu sections are separate maps; its Ottoman-Turkish section gives references only.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    No reference vector
  202. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 4: Altaisch (Turkic)

    din-atv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 4 (Altaisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  203. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 6: Awarisch (Caucasus)

    din-av-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 6 (Awarisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  204. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 5: Aserbaidschanisch (Turkic)

    din-az-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 5 (Aserbaidschanisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  205. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 8: Baschkirisch (Turkic)

    din-ba-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 8 (Baschkirisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  206. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 9: Burjatisch (Mongolic)

    din-bxr-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 9 (Burjatisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  207. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 54: Tschetschenisch (Caucasus)

    din-ce-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 54 (Tschetschenisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  208. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 47: Schorisch (Turkic)

    din-cjs-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 47 (Schorisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  209. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 55: Tschuktschisch (Paleo-Asiatic)

    din-ckt-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 55 (Tschuktschisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  210. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 30: Krimtatarisch (Turkic)

    din-crh-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 30 (Krimtatarisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  211. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 56: Tschuwaschisch (Turkic)

    din-cv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 56 (Tschuwaschisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  212. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 11: Darginisch (Caucasus)

    din-dar-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 11 (Darginisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  213. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 12: Dunganisch ((St))

    din-dng-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 12 (Dunganisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  214. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 14: Eskimo (Asiatic (Siberian) Eskimo, Central Siberian Yupik) (Paleo-Asiatic)

    din-ess-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s14

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 14 (Eskimo (Asiatic (Siberian) Eskimo, Central Siberian Yupik)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  215. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 15: Ewenisch ((Tg))

    din-eve-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 15 (Ewenisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  216. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 16: Ewenkisch ((Tg))

    din-evn-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 16 (Ewenkisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  217. din
    2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07 section 8: Transliteration des Persischen (Farsi, Dari)

    din-fas-Arab-Latn-31635-2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07, section 8: transliteration of Persian (Farsi, Dari). Section 8.1 states the norm is historically strongly tied to the Arabic transliteration of section 6 (shipped as din-ara-Arab-Latn-31635-2011); Tabelle 2 (rows 1-22, transliteration guidance) and Tabelle 3 (the 32-row letter table) are encoded here. The Persian letters pe gaf che zhe and the Persian kaf and yeh are included; the yeh is accepted in its Arabic (064A), Persian (06CC) and alif-maqsura (0649) forms.

    ArabLatn
    ءʾ
  218. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 17: Gagausisch (Turkic)

    din-gag-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 17 (Gagausisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  219. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 40: Nanaisch ((Tg))

    din-gld-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 40 (Nanaisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  220. din
    2011

    DIN 31634:2011 Information und Dokumentation — Unschrift des griechischen Alphabets

    din-grc-Grek-Latn-31634-2011-t1

    Establishes a system for the transliteration and/or transcription of Greek characters into Latin characters. This system applies to the characters of the Greek script, independent of the period in which it is or was used, i.e. scripts from all periods of Classic or Modern Greek. It therefore allows for polytonic Greek, though it only acknowlegdges rough breathing, and ignores all other diacritics.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης.Ena prama monon me parakinēse ki emena na grapsō oti toutēn tēn patrida tēn echomen oloi mazi, kai sophoi ki amatheis kai plousioi kai phtōchoi kai politikoi kai stratiōtikoi kai oi pleon mikroteroi anthrōpoi; osoi agōnistēkamen, analogōs o katheis, echomen na zēsomen edō. To loipon doulepsamen oloi mazi, na tēn phylamen ki oloi mazi kai na mēn legei oute o dynatos «egō» oute o adynatos. Xerete pote na legei o katheis «egō»? Otan agōnistei monos tou kai phkiasei ē chalasei, na legei «egō»; otan omōs agōnizontai polloi kai phkianoun, tote na lene «emeis». Eimaste eis to «emeis» ki ochi eis to «egō». Kai eis to exēs na mathomen gnōsē, an thelomen na phkiasomen chōrion, na zēsomen oloi mazi. Giannēs Makrygiannēs.
  221. din
    2018

    DIN 31636:2018-10 Information und Dokumentation - Umschrift des hebraeischen Alphabets

    din-heb-Hebr-Latn-31636-2018

    Information and documentation -- Romanization of the Hebrew alphabet. 2018-10 edition, replacing DIN 31636:2011-01. The norm fixes the rendering of the letters of the Hebrew alphabet (including Ivrit) in letters of the Latin alphabet. This map implements the Hebrew (including Ivrit) column over vocalized input; the Yiddish column of the same norm is a separate map.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHebrLatn
    יִשְׂרָאֵלyiśraʾel
  222. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Hindi

    din-hin-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Hindi system. This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    गंभीर मरीजों के मामले में भारत दूसरे नंबर परgambhīra marījoṃ ke māmale meṃ bhārata dūsare nambara para
  223. din
    2010

    DIN 32706:2010-01 Information und Dokumentation - Umschrift des armenischen Alphabets

    din-hye-Armn-Latn-32706-2010

    Information and documentation -- Romanization of the Armenian alphabet. The norm fixes the rendering of the letters of the Armenian alphabet in letters of the Latin alphabet and is suitable for all fields of application. It follows the principle of transliteration and is based on library practice and on ISO 9985:1996.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArmnLatn
    ԱA
  224. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 18: Inguschisch (Caucasus)

    din-inh-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 18 (Inguschisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  225. din
    2014

    DIN 32708:2014-08 Romanization of Japanese (Kana)

    din-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-32708-2014

    DIN 32708:2014-08, Romanization of Japanese: the modified Hepburn system of Kenkyusha's New Japanese-English Dictionary (3rd/4th ed.) applied to the two kana syllabaries in modern orthography (gendai kanazukai). Tabelle 1 (the one-mora syllables, including the historical kana), Tabelle 2 (the yoon syllables), Tabelle 3 (the gairaigo sequences, whose readings the norm itself marks as proposals), and Tabelle 4 (the subscripted kana, whose sokuon doubles the following consonant). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; both syllabaries are accepted.

    HrktLatn
    おうō
  226. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 22: Karakalpakisch (Turkic)

    din-kaa-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 22 (Karakalpakisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  227. din
    2010

    DIN 32707:2010-01 Information und Dokumentation - Umschrift des georgischen Alphabets

    din-kat-Geor-Latn-32707-2010

    Information and documentation -- Romanization of the Georgian alphabet.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    ხაოფსეxaop̕se
  228. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 20: Kabardinisch (Caucasus)

    din-kbd-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 20 (Kabardinisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  229. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 25: Kasym-Chantisch (Kasym Khanty) (Uralic)

    din-kca-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s25

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 25 (Kasym-Chantisch (Kasym Khanty)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  230. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 36: Mittel-Ob-Chantisch (Middle-Ob Khanty) (Uralic)

    din-kca-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s36

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 36 (Mittel-Ob-Chantisch (Middle-Ob Khanty)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  231. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 48: Schuryschkar- (Shuryshkar Khanty) (Uralic)

    din-kca-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s48

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 48 (Schuryschkar- (Shuryshkar Khanty)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  232. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 50: Surgut-Chantisch (Surgut Khanty) (Uralic)

    din-kca-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s50

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 50 (Surgut-Chantisch (Surgut Khanty)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  233. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 62: Wach-Chantisch (Wach Khanty) (Uralic)

    din-kca-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s62

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 62 (Wach-Chantisch (Wach Khanty)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  234. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 39: Mongolisch (Mongolic)

    din-khk-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 39 (Mongolisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  235. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 10: Chakassisch (Turkic)

    din-kjh-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 10 (Chakassisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  236. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 24: Kasachisch (Turkic)

    din-kk-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 24 (Kasachisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  237. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 27: Komi-Permjakisch (Uralic)

    din-koi-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 27 (Komi-Permjakisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  238. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 29: Korjakisch (Paleo-Asiatic)

    din-kpy-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 29 (Korjakisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  239. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 23: Karatschaisch (Karachay) (Turkic)

    din-krc-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s23

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 23 (Karatschaisch (Karachay)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  240. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 7: Balkarisch (Balkar) (Turkic)

    din-krc-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s7

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 7 (Balkarisch (Balkar)). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  241. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 32: Kurdisch (Kurdish (Cyrillic)) (Indo-European)

    din-ku-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s32

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 32 (Kurdisch (Kurdish (Cyrillic))). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  242. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 31: Kumükisch (Turkic)

    din-kum-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 31 (Kumükisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  243. din
    2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07 section 9: Transliteration des Kurdischen (Soranî und Kurmancî)

    din-kur-Arab-Latn-31635-2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07, section 9: transliteration of Kurdish (Soranî and Kurmancî) in the Arabic script, agreeing with the transcription of the cited reference [5]. Tabelle 4 (vowels), Tabelle 5 (semivowels), the remarks 9.1.3 a-g and Tabelle 6 (the 32-row letter table) are encoded. The section covers Soranî and Kurmancî as written in Iraq and Iran; the Latin- and Cyrillic-script Kurmancî of Turkey, Syria and the former Soviet republics is out of scope by the norm's own statement.

    ArabLatn
    اa
  244. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 28: Komi-Syrjänisch (Uralic)

    din-kv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 28 (Komi-Syrjänisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  245. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 26: Kirgisisch (Turkic)

    din-ky-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 26 (Kirgisisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  246. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 33: Lakkisch (Caucasus)

    din-lbe-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 33 (Lakkisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  247. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 34: Lesgisch (Caucasus)

    din-lez-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 34 (Lesgisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  248. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Marathi

    din-mar-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Marathi system. Information und Dokumentation - Transliteration Devanagari This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    ठाणे - जिल्ह्यात बुधवारी एक हजार रुग्णांची वाढ, तर जणांच्या मृत्यूची नोंदṭhāṇe - jilhyāta budhavārī eka hajāra rugṇāñcī vāḍha, tara jaṇāñcyā mṛtyūcī nonda
  249. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 37: Mokscha-Mordwin. (Uralic)

    din-mdf-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 37 (Mokscha-Mordwin.). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  250. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 42: Wiesen-Mari (Uralic)

    din-mhr-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 42 (Wiesen-Mari). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  251. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 35: Mansisch (Uralic)

    din-mns-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 35 (Mansisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  252. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 45: Berg-Mari (Uralic)

    din-mrj-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 45 (Berg-Mari). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  253. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 13: Ersa-Mordwinisch (Uralic)

    din-myv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 13 (Ersa-Mordwinisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  254. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Nepali

    din-nep-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Nepali system. This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    लेखनlekhana
  255. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 43: Niwchisch (Paleo-Asiatic)

    din-niv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 43 (Niwchisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  256. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 44: Nogaisch (Turkic)

    din-nog-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 44 (Nogaisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  257. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 46: Ossetisch (Indo-European)

    din-os-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 46 (Ossetisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  258. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Pali

    din-pli-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Pali system. This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    तेन खो पन समयेन वेसालिया अविदूरे कलन्दगामो नाम अत्थिtena kho pana samayena vesāliyā avidūre kalandagāmo nāma atthi
  259. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Prakit

    din-pra-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Prakit system. This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    सृष्टिस्थितिविनाशानां शक्तिभूते सनातनिsṛṣṭisthitivināśānāṃ śaktibhūte sanātani
  260. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 38: Moldauisch (Moldavian (Cyrillic)) (Indo-European)

    din-ro-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011-s38

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 38 (Moldauisch (Moldavian (Cyrillic))). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  261. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 19: Jakutisch (Turkic)

    din-sah-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 19 (Jakutisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  262. din
    2018

    DIN 33904:2018-10 Information and documentation -- Romanization Devanagari, Sanskrit

    din-san-Deva-Latn-33904-2018

    Sanskrit system. This standard specifies the transliteration of all languages of the Devanāgarī characters into Latin letters firmly. It is suitable for any application.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    पुस्तकpustaka
  263. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 49: Selkupisch ((S))

    din-sel-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 49 (Selkupisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  264. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 51: Tabassaranisch (Caucasus)

    din-tab-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 51 (Tabassaranisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  265. din
    2018

    DIN 33903:2016-02: Information und Dokumentation - Umschrift Tamil

    din-tam-Taml-Latn-33903-2016

    This standard specifies the transcription of the letters of the Tamil alphabet in Latin letters. It is based on international standards as well as on the preprint of the alphabetical tables, which were published in 1976 with the introduction of the rules for alphabetical cataloging. It can be used in all areas, but in particular the aim is to standardize the library and publication area.

    Lossy · many-to-oneTamlLatn
    கார்த்திகேயன்kārttikēyaṉ
  266. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 52: Tadschikisch (Indo-European)

    din-tg-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 52 (Tadschikisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  267. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 57: Turkmenisch (Turkic)

    din-tk-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 57 (Turkmenisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  268. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 53: Tatarisch (Turkic)

    din-tt-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 53 (Tatarisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    дd
  269. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 58: Tuwinisch (Turkic)

    din-tyv-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 58 (Tuwinisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  270. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 59: Udmurtisch (Uralic)

    din-udm-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 59 (Udmurtisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  271. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 60: Uigurisch (Turkic)

    din-ug-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 60 (Uigurisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  272. din
    2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07 section 10: Transliteration von Urdu

    din-urd-Arab-Latn-31635-2011

    DIN 31635:2011-07, section 10: transliteration of Urdu. Tabelle 7 (the 37-row letter table, including the four retroflex letters, the nasal letter and the badi ye) plus the transliteration hints 10.1 a-d: the vowel system (short a i u; long a-macron e i-macron o u-macron; diphthongs ai au), the dropped word-initial alif short-vowel carrier, nasal vowels marked by the following nasal letter, and aspiration written as in the original script.

    ArabLatn
    No reference vector
  273. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 61: Usbekisch (Turkic)

    din-uz-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 61 (Usbekisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  274. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 21: Kalmückisch (Mongolic)

    din-xal-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 21 (Kalmückisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  275. din
    2018

    DIN 31636:2018-10 Information und Dokumentation - Umschrift des hebraeischen Alphabets (jiddische Spalte)

    din-yid-Hebr-Latn-31636-2018

    Information and documentation -- Romanization of the Hebrew alphabet, Yiddish column. 2018-10 edition, replacing DIN 31636:2011-01. This map implements the Yiddish column of Table 1 with the Yiddish vowel table (Table 4) and the Yiddish notes (section 9) of the norm. The Hebrew column is a separate map.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHebrLatn
    אʾ
  276. din
    2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Tabelle 1 row 41: Nenzisch ((S))

    din-yrk-Cyrl-Latn-1460-2-2011

    DIN 1460-2:2011-10, Romanization of Cyrillic alphabets of non-Slavic languages, Tabelle 1, language row 41 (Nenzisch). The table assigns each Cyrillic letter of the language's alphabet a Latin letter or letter group; the column order follows DIN 1460:1982 (Slavic). Extracted mechanically from the standard's text layer; the mapping rows below are the table's own cells.

    CyrlLatn
    aa
  277. dos
    1997

    Survey Department Nepali Romanization System (1997)

    dos-nep-Deva-Latn-1997

    Survey Department, Ministry of Land Management, Cooperatives and Poverty Alleviation, Government of Nepal.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    दुःखduhkh
  278. elot
    1982

    ELOT 743:1982 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (transliteration system)

    elot-ell-Grek-Latn-743-1982-tl

    ELOT 743:1982 transliteration table for Greek

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakíni̱se ki eména na grápso̱ óti toúti̱n ti̱n patrída ti̱n échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai fto̱choí kai politikoí kai stratio̱tikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthro̱poi; ósoi ago̱nistí̱kamen, analógo̱s o katheís, échomen na zí̱somen edó̱. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na ti̱n fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na mi̱n légei oúte o dynatós «egó̱» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó̱»? Ótan ago̱nisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í̱ chalásei, na légei «egó̱»; ótan ómo̱s ago̱nízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó̱». Kai eis to exí̱s na máthomen gnó̱si̱, an thélomen na fkiásomen cho̱rión, na zí̱somen óloi mazí. Giánni̱s Makrygiánni̱s.
  279. elot
    1982

    ELOT 743:1982 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (transcription system)

    elot-ell-Grek-Latn-743-1982-ts

    ELOT 743:1982 transcription table for Greek.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrída tin échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftochoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o katheís, échomen na zísomen edó. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na min légei oúte o dynatós «egó» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó»? Ótan agonisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í chalásei, na légei «egó»; ótan ómos agonízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó». Kai eis to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen chorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Giánnis Makrygiánnis.
  280. elot
    2001

    ELOT 743:2001 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (transliteration system)

    elot-ell-Grek-Latn-743-2001-tl

    Reversible transliteration standard, ELOT

    Lossless · 1:1GrekLatn
    No reference vector
  281. elot
    2001

    ELOT 743:2001 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (transcription system)

    elot-ell-Grek-Latn-743-2001-ts

    Reversible transliteration standard, ELOT

    Lossless · 1:1GrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrída tin échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftochoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o katheís, échomen na zísomen edó. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na min légei oúte o dynatós «egó» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó»? Ótan agonisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í chalásei, na légei «egó»; ótan ómos agonízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó». Kai eis to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen chorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Giánnis Makrygiánnis.
  282. ggg
    1998

    Georgian State Department of Geodesy and Cartography Romanization System (2002)

    ggg-kat-Geor-Latn-2002

    The national system of romanization adopted in February 2002 by the State Department of Geodesy and Cartography of Georgia and the Institute of Linguistics, Georgian Academy of Sciences.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    თბილისიtbilisi
  283. gki
    1992

    Byelorussian National Cartographic Authority 1992-3 System (based on GOST 1983)

    gki-bel-Cyrl-Latn-1992
    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    СямашкіSjamaški
  284. gki
    2000

    Transliteration of geographical names of the Republic of Belarus with letters of the Latin alphabet (2000)

    gki-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2000

    Act name: On approval of the Instructions for the transliteration of geographical names of the Republic of Belarus in letters of the Latin alphabet Type of act, adoption authority, date and number of adoption (publication): Resolution of the State Committee for Land Resources, Geodesy and Cartography of the Republic of Belarus of November 23, 2000 No. 15 National Registry Registration Number: 8/4488 Date of inclusion in the National Register: 11/30/2000 Source (s) of official publication: National Register of Legal Acts of the Republic of Belarus, 2001, No. 3, 8/4488 (published - January 11, 2001)

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АршанскiAršanski
  285. gost
    1978

    GOST 16876-71 Translation Rules Of Cyrillic Alphabet Letters With Latin Alphabet Letters (Table 1)

    gost-rus-Cyrl-Latn-16876-71-1983

    GOST 16876-71 (Russian: ГОСТ 16876-71) is a romanization system (for transliteration of Russian Cyrillic alphabet texts into the Latin alphabet) devised by the National Administration for Geodesy and Cartography of the Soviet Union. It is based on the scientific transliteration system used in linguistics. GOST was an international standard so it included provision for a number of the languages of the Soviet Union. GOST 16876-71 was used by the United Nations to develop its romanization system for geographical names, which was adopted for official use by the United Nations at the Fifth United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, in 1987. UN system relies on diacritics to compensate for non-Russian Cyrillic alphabets. In 1978, COMECON adopted GOST 16876-71 with minor modifications as its official transliteration standard, under the name of SEV 1362-78 (Russian: СЭВ 1362-78). In 1982, In accordance with Order No. 169 of April 16, 1982, GOST 16876-71 / ST SEV 1362-78 was put into effect on May 1, 1982. In 1983, In accordance with Order No. 231 of May 16, 1983, Additional guidelines was released (check notes[7]) In 2002, the Russian Federation along with a number of CIS countries abandoned the use of GOST 16876 in favor of ISO 9:1995, which was adopted as GOST 7.79-2000.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АнапаAnapa
  286. gost
    2002

    GOST 7.79-2000 System of standards for information, librarianship and publishing. Rules for transliteration of Cyrillic letters in the Latin alphabet

    gost-rus-Cyrl-Latn-7.79-2000-2002

    This standard applies to the rules of transliteration by means of the Latin alphabet of individual letters, words, expressions, as well as related texts in languages ​​whose writing is based on the Cyrillic alphabet. The rules in accordance with this standard are applied wherever it is required to provide an unambiguous representation of the Cyril text in Latin letters and the possibility of algorithmic recovery of the text in the original Cyrillic notation, in particular when transferring documents over computer networks. This standard does not apply to the rules for the transmission of the sound appearance of words written in Cyrillic in Latin letters.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    адресadres
  287. hk
    2020-01

    Hong Kong Government Cantonese Romanisation

    hk-yue-Hani-Latn-1888

    This system is commonly used for the transliteration of place names or person's names in Hong Kong, as pronounced in Cantonese. There will be more than one legitimate transliteration for the same syllable, or sometimes even for the same character. For example, the character 仔 can be transcribed as Chai or Tsai in this system. Some of the choice is context-dependent (e.g. the same character in the place name 灣仔 is almost always Chai, but more likely to be Tsai elsewhere). There will be more variations and unpredictable conversions in person's names, and these conventions need to be hard-coded.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHaniLatn
    煎魚灣Tsin Yue Wan
  288. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Belorussian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-bel-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Бабрыковіч АляксандрBabrykovich Aliaksandr
  289. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Bulgarian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-bul-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЩSHT
  290. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Persian Arabic to Latin

    icao-fas-Arab-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    ةXTA
  291. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Hebrew to Latin

    icao-heb-Hebr-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHebrLatn
    מְדִינַת ישְרְאֶלMEDIYNAT YSEREEL
  292. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Macedonian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    КK
  293. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Transliteration of Multinational Latin-based Characters

    icao-mul-Latn-Latn-2015

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Section A of the document's transliteration scheme renders the multinational Latin-based characters; this map carries that folding for Latin-script input. The document's per-language Cyrillic tables are separate maps.

    LatnLatn
    ÀA
  294. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Russian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-rus-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЪIE
  295. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Serbian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-srp-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ГH
  296. icao
    2015

    ICAO Doc 9303 Machine Readable Travel Documents Part 3 -- Ukrainian Cyrillic to Latin

    icao-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-9303

    Part 3 defines specifications that are common to TD1, TD2 and TD3 size machine readable travel documents (MRTDs) including those necessary for global interoperability using visual inspection and machine readable (optical character recognition) means. Since only Latin-alphabet characters are allowed in the VIZ, if mandatory data elements are in a national language that does not use the Latin alphabet, a transcription or transliteration shall also be provided. This document defines the transliteration mappings used to produce this transcription or transliteration.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ГH
  297. iso
    1984

    ISO 233:1984 Documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters

    iso-ara-Arab-Latn-233-1984

    Is one of a series of International Standards dealing with the conversion of systems of writing, following the principles of stringent conversion in order to permit international information exchange. Its aim is to provide a means for international communication of written messages in a form which permits the automatic transmission and reconstitution of these by men or machines. Cancels and replaces ISO Recommendation R 233-1961

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مِصرMiṣr
  298. iso
    1993-08

    ISO 233-2:1993 documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters

    iso-ara-Arab-Latn-233-2-1993

    Establishes a simplified system for the transliteration. This simplification of the stringent rules established by ISO 233:1984 is especially intended to facilitate the processing of bibliographic information (e.g. catalogues, indices, citations, etc.). Annex A gives the diacritical signs used (taken from the code table of ISO 5436:1983).

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مِصرMiṣr
  299. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Assamese)

    iso-asm-Beng-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1BengLatn
    অসমীয়া কবিতাasamaīẏaā kabaitaā
  300. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Bengali)

    iso-ben-Beng-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    আগুয়েরোর হাঁটুর চোটāgauẏaeraora haām̐ṭaura caoṭa
  301. iso
    1997

    ISO 843:1997 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (Table 1)

    iso-ell-Grek-Latn-843-1997-t1

    Establishes a system for the transliteration and/or transcription of Greek characters into Latin characters. This system applies to the characters of the Greek script, independent of the period in which it is or was used, i.e. scripts from all periods of Classic or Modern Greek. Replaces ISO/R 843.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínīse ki eména na grápsō óti toútīn tīn patrída tīn échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftōchoí kai politikoí kai stratiōtikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthrōpoi; ósoi agōnistī́kamen, analógōs o katheís, échomen na zī́somen edṓ. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tīn fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na mīn légei oúte o dynatós «egṓ» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egṓ»? Ótan agōnisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei ī́ chalásei, na légei «egṓ»; ótan ómōs agōnízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egṓ». Kai eis to exī́s na máthomen gnṓsī, an thélomen na fkiásomen chōrión, na zī́somen óloi mazí. Giánnīs Makrygiánnīs.
  302. iso
    1997

    ISO 843:1997 Information and documentation -- Conversion of Greek characters into Latin characters (Table 2)

    iso-ell-Grek-Latn-843-1997-t2

    Establishes a system for the transliteration and/or transcription of Greek characters into Latin characters. This system applies to the characters of the Greek script, independent of the period in which it is or was used, i.e. scripts from all periods of Classic or Modern Greek. Replaces ISO/R 843.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrída tin échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftochoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o katheís, échomen na zísomen edó. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na min légei oúte o dynatós «egó» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó»? Ótan agonisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í chalásei, na légei «egó»; ótan ómos agonízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó». Kai eis to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen chorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Giánnis Makrygiánnis.
  303. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Gujarati)

    iso-guj-Gujr-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGujrLatn
    અમિત શાહનો કોરોના રિપોર્ટ 2 ઓગસ્ટે પોઝિટિવ આવ્યો હતો, ત્યારથી તેમનું સ્વાસ્થ્ય સારું નથીamaita śaāhanao kaoraonaā raipaoratạ 2 ogasatạe paojhaitạiva āvayao hatao, tayaārathaī taemanauṁ savaāsathaya saārauṁ nathaī
  304. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Hindi)

    iso-hin-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    हमhama
  305. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Indic)

    iso-inc-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    उपमुख्यमंत्र्यांची 'मोठी' घोषणा; राज्यात केंद्राच्या कृषी व कामगार विधेयकाची अंमलबजावणी नाहीupamaukhayamaṁtarayaāṁcaī 'maoṭhaī' ghaoṣaṇaā; raājayaāta kaeṁdaraācayaā kaṛṣaī va kaāmagaāra vaidhaeyakaācaī aṁmalabajaāvaṇaī naāhaī
  306. iso
    1989

    ISO 3602:1989 documentation -- Romanization of Japanese (kana script)

    iso-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-3602-1989

    Establishes a system for the romanization of the present-day Japanese written language. Unrestricted application for the system requires that the romanizer possess a detailed knowledge of the language in its present-day written form.

    Lossless · 1:1HrktLatn
    かんおうkan’ô
  307. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Kannada)

    iso-kan-Kana-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneKanaLatn
    ಈಗ ವೈರಲ್ ಆಗುತ್ತಿದೆ ಕಂಗನಾ ರಣಾವುತ್ ಹಳೇಯ ವಿಡಿಯೋīga vaairala āgautataidae kaṁganaā raṇaāvauta haḷaēya vaiḍaiyaō
  308. iso
    1996

    ISO 9984:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Georgian characters into Latin characters

    iso-kat-Geor-Latn-9984-1996

    Establishes a system for the transliteration of Georgian characters into Latin characters to permit international information exchange, particularly by electronic means.

    Lossless · 1:1GeorLatn
    ხაოფსეxaop̕se
  309. iso
    1996

    ISO/TR 11941:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Korean script into Latin characters (Method 1)

    iso-kor-Hang-Latn-1996-method1

    Establishes a system for the transliteration of the characters of Korean script into Latin characters. Intended to provide a means for international communication of written documents.

    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    꽃이kkoch'i
  310. iso
    1996

    ISO/TR 11941:1996 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Korean script into Latin characters (Method 2)

    iso-kor-Hang-Latn-1996-method2

    Establishes a system for the transliteration of the characters of Korean script into Latin characters. Intended to provide a means for international communication of written documents.

    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    꽃이ggoc'i
  311. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Malayalam)

    iso-mal-Mlym-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMlymLatn
    സ്വപ്നയ്ക്കൊപ്പം ഹോട്ടലിൽ മന്ത്രിപുത്രൻ, ചിത്രങ്ങൾ; ൪ കോടി കമ്മിഷനിലും പങ്കുപറ്റിsvapnaykkaeāppam haōṭṭalai:la mantraipautra:ṇa, caitraṅṅa:ḷa; 4 kaōṭai kammaiṣanailaum paṅkaupaṟṟai
  312. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Marathi)

    iso-mar-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    ठाणे - जिल्ह्यात बुधवारी एक हजार रुग्णांची वाढ, तर जणांच्या मृत्यूची नोंदṭhaāṇae - jailahayaāta baudhavaāraī eka hajaāra raugaṇaāṁcaī vaāḍha, tara jaṇaāṁcayaā maṛtayaūcaī naoṁda
  313. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Nepali)

    iso-nep-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    लेखनlaekhana
  314. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Oriya)

    iso-ori-Orya-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneOryaLatn
    ସାମ୍ପ୍ରତିକ ବିଶ୍ବ ସ୍ଥିତାବସ୍ଥାକୁ ଚାଲେଞ୍ଜ୍‌ କରୁଥିବା ଦୁଇ ମୁଖ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଦ୍ବନ୍ଦ୍ବୀ ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ଚୀନ୍‌ ଓ ରୁଷ୍: ଇଂଲଣ୍ଡ୍‌ ଗୁଇନ୍ଦା ଅଧିକାରୀsaāmaparataika baiśaba sathaitaābasathaākau caālaeñaja karauthaibaā daui maukhaẏa parataidabanadabaī haeuchanatai caīna o rauṣa: iṁlaṇaḍa gauinadaā adhaikaāraī
  315. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Panjabi)

    iso-pan-Guru-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGuruLatn
    ਪੰਜਾਬ 'ਚ ਵਧ ਰਿਹਾ ਖ਼ੁਦਕੁਸ਼ੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਰੁਝਾਨpaṁjaāba 'ca vadha raihaā ḵẖaudakauśaīāṃ daā raujhaāna
  316. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Pali in Bengali)

    iso-pli-Beng-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1BengLatn
    তেন সমযেন বুদ্ধো ভগৰা ৰেরঞ্জাযং ৰিহরতি নল়েরুপুচিমন্দমূলে মহতা ভিক্খুসঙ্ঘেন সদ্ধিং পঞ্চমত্তেহি ভিক্খুসতেহিtaena samayaena baudadhao bhagavaā vaerañajaāyaṁ vaiharatai nala়eraupaucaimanadamaūlae mahataā bhaikakhausaṅaghaena sadadhaiṁ pañacamatataehai bhaikakhausataehai
  317. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Pali in Devanagari)

    iso-pli-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    तेन खो पन समयेन वेसालिया अविदूरे कलन्दगामो नाम अत्थिtaena khao pana samayaena vaesaālaiyaā avaidaūrae kalanadagaāmao naāma atathai
  318. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Pali in Sinhala)

    iso-pli-Sinh-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneSinhLatn
    තෙන සමයෙන බුද්‌ධො භගවා වෙරඤ්‌ජායං විහරති නළෙරුපුචිමන්‌දමූලෙ මහතා භික්‌ඛුසඞ්‌ඝෙන සද්‌ධිංtaena samayaena baudadhao bhagavaā vaerañajaāyaṁ vaiharatai naḷaeraupaucaimanadamaūlae mahataā bhaikakhausaṅaghaena sadadhaiṁ
  319. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Pali in Thai)

    iso-pli-Thai-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1ThaiLatn
    โย กปฺปโกฏีหิปิ อปฺปเมยฺยํ;oy kp–̥pokṭīh̄ipi xp–̥pemy–̥ẙ;
  320. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Prakrit)

    iso-pra-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    सृष्टिस्थितिविनाशानां शक्तिभूते सनातनिsaṛṣaṭaisathaitaivainaāśaānaāṁ śakataibhaūtae sanaātanai
  321. iso
    1999

    ISO 223-3:1999 Persian language -- Simplified transliteration

    iso-prs-Arab-Latn-233-3-1999

    This part of ISO 233 is one of a series of International Standards, dealing with the conversion of systems of writing. The aim of this part of ISO 233 and others in the series is to provide a means for international communication of written messages in a form which permits the automatic transmission and reconstitution of these, by men or machines. The system of conversion, in this case, must be univocal and entirely reversible. This means that no consideration should be given to phonetic and aesthetic matters or to certain national customs: all these considerations are, indeed, ignored by the machine performing the function. The adoption of this part of ISO 233 for international communication leaves every country free to adopt for its own use a national standard which may be different, on condition that it is compatible with this part of ISO 233. The system proposed herein should make this possible and be acceptable to international use if the graphisms it creates are such that they may be converted automatically into the graphisms used in any strict national systems. This part of ISO 233 may be used by anyone who has a clear understanding of the system and is certain that it can be applied without ambiguity. The result obtained will not give a correct pronunciation of the original text in a person’s own language, but it will serve as a means of finding automatically the original graphism and thus allow anyone who has knowledge of the original language to pronounce it correctly. Similarly, one can only pronounce correctly a text written in, for example, English or Polish, if one has a knowledge of English or Polish. The adoption of national standards compatible with this part of ISO 233 will permit the representation, in an international publication, of the morphemes of each language according to the customs of the country where it is spoken. It will be possible to simplify this representation in order to take into account the number of the character sets available on different kinds of machines. 1-Scope: This part of ISO 233 establishes a simplified system for the transliteration of Persian characters into Latin characters. This simplification of the stringent rules established by ISO 233:1984 is especially intended to facilitate the processing of bibliographic information ( e.g. catalogues, indices, citations, etc.) 2-Normative references: The following normative documents contain provisions which, though reference in this text, constitute provisions of this part of ISO 233. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. However, parties to agreements based on this part of ISO 233 are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the normative documents indicated below. For undated references, the latest edition of the normative document referred to applies. Members of ISO and IEC maintain registers of currently valid International StandardsISO 233- 2, Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Arabic characters into Latin characters — Part 2: Arabic language — Simplified transliteration. ISO/IEC 10646-1, Information Technology — Universal Multiple-Octet Coded Character Set (UCS) — Part 1: Architecture and Basic Multilingual Plane.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    آذَرâẕar
  322. iso
    1995

    ISO 9:1995 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Cyrillic characters into Latin characters -- Slavic and non-Slavic languages (Russian)

    iso-rus-Cyrl-Latn-9-1995

    Establishes a system for the transliteration into Latin characters of Cyrillic characters constituting the alphabets of Slavic and non-Slavic languages. Table 3 includes in a single sequence, listed in the Cyrillic alphabetic order, the 118 single or diacritic-carrying characters that appear in one or another of the considered alphabets.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Ӧ̄ ӧ̄Ọ̈ ọ̈
  323. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Sanskrit)

    iso-san-Deva-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्ण्मुदच्यतेpaūraṇamadaḥ paūraṇamaidaṁ paūraṇaāta paūraṇamaudacayatae
  324. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Tamil)

    iso-tam-Taml-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneTamlLatn
    கார்த்திகேயன்kaāratataikaēyaṉa
  325. iso
    2001

    ISO 15919:2001 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Devanagari and related Indic scripts into Latin characters (Telugu)

    iso-tel-Telu-Latn-15919-2001

    Script conversion is often required for documents such as historical and literary texts, geographical texts (including maps and atlases), bibliographies, catalogues, lists and passports (and other identification documents). Text in Devanagari script or other Indic scripts sometimes needs to be shown in Latin script, where users, or equipment that they are using, cannot read or write the text This International Standard applies to transliteration of Devanagari, and to Indic scripts related to Devanagari, independent of the period in which it is or was used.

    Lossy · many-to-oneTeluLatn
    ఇప్పుడు ఇదే కోవలో టాలీవుడ్‌లో మరో మల్టీస్టారర్‌ రూపొందనుందని సినీ వర్గాల్లో వార్తలు వినిపిస్తున్నాయిipapauḍau idaē kaōvalaō ṭaālaīvauḍalaō maraō malaṭaīsaṭaārara raūpaoṁdanauṁdanai sainaī varagaālalaō vaāratalau vainaipaisataunanaāyai
  326. iso
    1998

    ISO 11940:1998 Information and documentation -- Transliteration of Thai

    iso-tha-Thai-Latn-11940-1998
    Lossless · 1:1ThaiLatn
    ภาษาไทยp̣hās̛̄āịthy
  327. kp

    Korean Democratic People's Republic of Korea Korean System (2002)

    kp-kor-Hang-Latn-2002
    Lossy · many-to-oneHangLatn
    우리산Urisan
  328. lshk
    1993-12

    Jyutping Cantonese Romanisation Scheme

    lshk-yue-Hani-Latn-jyutping-1993

    The Linguistic Society of Hong Kong Cantonese Romanisation Scheme, or known as Jyutping, was designed and proposed by the Linguistic Society of Hong Kong in 1993. Jyutping is a new Cantonese romanization system which has many advantages. It is multifunctional, systematic, user-friendly, compatible with all possible modern Cantonese sounds, and solely based on alphanumeric characters without any diacritics and strange symbols. Jyutping can also be used as a Chinese computer input method. Its basic principles are simple, easy to learn, and professional.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHaniLatn
    一二三四五六七八九十jat1ji6saam1sei3ng5luk6cat1baat3gau2sap6
  329. masm

    Transliteration of Mongolian Cyrillic characters into Latin

    masm-mon-Cyrl-Latn-5217-2012

    The standard MNS 5217:2012 is a standard of the Mongolian Agency for Standardization and Metrology for transliteration from Cyrillic Mongolian in Latin alphabet. It repeats and supplements the previous standard dating from 2003 (MNS 5217:2003). This standard differs from the ISO 9 system for Cyrillic adopted by Russia, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Аварга, халбага, аавAvarga, khalbaga, aav
  330. masm

    Transliteration of Latin characters into Mongolian Cyrillic

    masm-mon-Latn-Cyrl-5217-2012

    Latin characters into Mongolian Cyrillic is the opposite transliteration of based on MNS 5217:2012. The standard MNS 5217:2012 is a standard of the Mongolian Agency for Standardization and Metrology for transliteration from Cyrillic Mongolian in Latin alphabet. The grammer of Khalkha Mongolian is required in order to make accurate translation of Latin characters into Mongolian Cyrillic because of no distinguish between /и, й, ъ, ь/ for "i" and /ш, щ/ for "sh" in the standard. In Mongolia, the Khalkha dialect, currently written in both Cyrillic and traditional Mongolian script (and at times in Latin for social networking), is predominant, while in Inner Mongolia, the language is dialectally more diverse and is written in the traditional Mongolian script.

    Context-onlyLatnCyrl
    Avarga, khalbaga, aavАварга, халбага, аав
  331. mext
    1954

    Japanese Cabinet Romanisation of Japanese

    mext-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-1954

    The spelling method for Roman characters used when writing Japanese language is as follows. Preface 1. In general, when the language is written, the spelling shown in Table 1 shall be used. 2. The spelling methods listed in Table 2 can be used only when there is a situation that is difficult to change due to international relations or other conventional practices. 3. In either case of the preceding two paragraphs, the general introduction will apply.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    かんおうkan'ô
  332. moct
    2000

    Ministry of Culture and Tourism Korean Romanization System (2000)

    moct-kor-Hang-Latn-2000

    Generation of Jamo from Hangul This is how the Hangul-to-Jamo maps are generated. Please refer to this page for details about Korean text handling in Unicode. http://gernot-katzers-spice-pages.com/var/korean_hangul_unicode.html This formula copied from the page above is used: [stem] ==== tail = mod (Hangul codepoint − 44032, 28) vowel = 1 + mod (Hangul codepoint − 44032 − tail, 588) / 28 lead = 1 + int [ (Hangul codepoint − 44032)/588 ] ==== [source,python] ---- import pandas as pd import re import math leadjamo = [chr(0x1100+i) for i in range(0,19)] # ᄀᄁᄂᄃᄄᄅᄆᄇᄈᄉᄊᄋᄌᄍᄎᄏᄐᄑᄒ voweljamo = [chr(0x1161+i) for i in range(0,21)] # ᅡᅢᅣᅤᅥᅦᅧᅨᅩᅪᅫᅬᅭᅮᅯᅰᅱᅲᅳᅴᅵ tailjamo = ['']+[chr(0x11A8+i) for i in range(0,27)] # ᆨᆩᆪᆫᆬᆭᆮᆯᆰᆱᆲᆳᆴᆵᆶᆷᆸᆹᆺᆻᆼᆽᆾᆿᇀᇁᇂ hanguls = [chr(i) for i in range(44032,55204)] tails = [tailjamo[(i-44032) % 28] for i in range(44032,55204)] vowels = [voweljamo[((i-44032-((i-44032) % 28)) % 588) // 28] for i in range(44032,55204)] leads = [leadjamo[math.floor((i-44032)// 588)] for i in range(44032,55204)] kr_df = pd.DataFrame({'Hangul':hanguls, 'Lead':leads,'Vowel':vowels, 'Tail':tails}) ---- Hangul Lead Vowel Tail 0 가 ᄀ ᅡ 1 각 ᄀ ᅡ ᆨ 2 갂 ᄀ ᅡ ᆩ 3 갃 ᄀ ᅡ ᆪ 4 간 ᄀ ᅡ ᆫ 5 갅 ᄀ ᅡ ᆬ 6 갆 ᄀ ᅡ ᆭ 7 갇 ᄀ ᅡ ᆮ 8 갈 ᄀ ᅡ ᆯ 9 갉 ᄀ ᅡ ᆰ

    Lossy · many-to-oneHangLatn
    불국사Bulguksa
  333. mofa

    Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Japan Hepburn Romanization

    mofa-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-1989

    The law (旅券法施行規則) requires the use of Hepburn romanization for passports. https://elaws.e-gov.go.jp/search/elawsSearch/elaws_search/lsg0500/detail?lawId=401M50000020011 3 前項の氏名はヘボン式ローマ字によって旅券面に表記する。 ただし、申請者がその氏名についてヘボン式によらないローマ字表記を希望し、 外務大臣又は領事官が、出生証明書等により当該表記が適当であり、かつ、 渡航の便宜のため特に必要であると認めるときは、この限りではない。

    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    ナンバNAMBA
  334. mv
    1887

    Maldivian (Divehi) Romanization system (1987)

    mv-div-Thaa-Latn-1987

    In 1987 the Maldivian government adopted a system for the romanization of Maldivian. It was also approved by the BGN and the PCGN in 1988. Maldivian is written from right to left. Vowels are marked as diacritical marks accompanying a consonant character.

    Lossy · many-to-oneThaaLatn
    އެނބޫދޫen’boodhoo
  335. mvd
    2008

    Transliteration system for Belarusian names in the population register (2008)

    mvd-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2008

    RESOLUTION OF THE MINISTRY OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS October 9, 2008, No. 288 8/19678 (10.23.2008) About 8/19678 approval of the Instructions for transliteration of surnames and proper names of citizens of the Republic of Belarus when their personal data is included in the population register

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЕваJeva
  336. mvd
    2010

    Transliteration system for Belarusian names (2010)

    mvd-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2010

    RESOLUTION OF THE MINISTRY OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 28, 2010 No. 200 8/22721 About approval of the Instructions on the organization of work of units of citizenship and migration of internal affairs bodies on the issuance, registration, exchange, invalidation, seizure, storage and destruction of a passport of a citizen of the Republic of Belarus

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Бабрыковіч АляксандрBabrykovich Aliaksandr
  337. mvd
    2008

    Transliteration system for Russian names in the population register (2008)

    mvd-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2008

    8/19678 On approval of the Instructions for transliteration of surnames and proper names of citizens of the Republic of Belarus when their personal data is included in the population register

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ЕваEva
  338. mvd
    2010

    Transliteration system for Russian names (2010)

    mvd-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2010

    RESOLUTION OF THE MINISTRY OF INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 28, 2010 No. 200 8/22721 On approval of the Instructions on the organization of work of units of citizenship and migration of internal affairs bodies on the issuance, registration, exchange, invalidation, seizure, storage and destruction of a passport of a citizen of the Republic of Belarus

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    ЕваEva
  339. odni
    2004

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Arabic Personal Names (2004)

    odni-ara-Arab-Latn-2004
    Lossless · 1:1ArabLatn
    مِصرMiṣr
  340. odni
    2017

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Arabic Personal Names (2015)

    odni-ara-Arab-Latn-2015

    This system, adapted from the Board on Geographic Names, is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Arabic names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from modern standard Arabic that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. Ambiguities can result from the Romanization of Arabic names because the Arabic source generally omits short vowel markings, double consonant marks, and other diacritics that would clearly distinguish the name. Linguists use their experience with the language and aids such as on-line tools and name dictionaries to determine the exact Arabic and the appropriate transliteration into the Roman alphabet. In cases where an individual's name has already been transliterated, that is to be indicated -- as found -- in parentheses immediately following its rendition in the transliteration standard (e.g., Muhammad Khulud ( Mohamed Khulood)). In addition, if the original Arabic- script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Arabic-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal of this system is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of the name that is readable to the non- specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard ( English) Roman alphabet plus the apostrophe. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مِصرMiṣr
  341. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Azeri Personal Names (2015)

    odni-aze-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Azeri person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Azeri that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Rashad Sadykhov (also seen as Rashad Sadigov, Рашад Садыхов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Azeri-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Рашад СадыховRashad Sadykhov
  342. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Belarusian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Belarusian names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Belarusian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Belarusian-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    МіхаілMikhail
  343. odni
    2005

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Bulgarian Personal Names (2005)

    odni-bul-Cyrl-Latn-2005
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Добри ХристовDobri Khristov
  344. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Bulgarian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-bul-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Bulgarian person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. This standard matches both the Bulgarian national standard adopted in 2009 and the Board of Geographic Names / Permanent Committee on Geographic Names standard adopted in 2013. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Bulgarian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Dobri Hristov (also seen as Dobri Khristov, Добри Христов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Bulgarian-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Добри ХристовDobri Khristov
  345. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Chechen Cyrillic Personal Names (2015)

    odni-che-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Chechen names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Chechen that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic or Arabic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Ilyas Akhmadkant (also seen as Ilyas Axmadkhant, Ильяс Ахмадкӏант). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Chechen-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet plus the apostrophe. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Ильяс АхмадкӏантIlyas Akhmadkant
  346. odni
    2004

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Farsi (Persian) Personal Names (2004)

    odni-fas-Arab-Latn-2004
    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مُوسَىmusa
  347. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Persian Farsi Dari Personal Names (2015)

    odni-fas-Arab-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Persian (Farsi) and Dari names that is applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Persian (Farsi) and Dari that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Perso-Arabic script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost while maintaining consistency. For names of individuals who are not part of the Persian-( Farsi) or Dari-speaking community, but whose names are encountered in Farsi or Dari, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak, Abu- Murtada). Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the online CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these online reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard, with the IC Standard included as a variant in parentheses at the first usage. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e., is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage (e.g., former president Mahmud Ahmadinezhad (Ahmadi-Nejad). The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet plus the apostrophe and hyphen. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with online tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مُوسَىmusa
  348. odni
    2004

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Hindi and Urdu Personal Names (2004)

    odni-hin-Deva-Latn-2004

    IC STANDARDS FOR TRANSLITERATION OF HINDI AND URDU PERSONAL NAMES

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    दिल्लीdilli
  349. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Hindi Urdu Personal Names (2015)

    odni-hin-Deva-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of names from Hindi and Urdu that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from standard Hindi and Urdu that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. There are typically a number of ways that names can be Romanized from either Devanagari (Hindi) or modified Arabic (Urdu) scripts. Ambiguities can result from the Romanization of Hindi and Urdu names for several reasons, including the fact that some sounds in South Asian languages (e.g., retroflex consonants, voiced aspirates) have no equivalent in English or other European languages. In the case of Urdu, as in the original Arabic source of many Islamic names, short vowel markings, double consonant marks and other diacritics that would clearly distinguish the name are almost always omitted from standard written texts. And many Islamic names of Arabic or Persian origin reflect spelling distinctions from those languages that are lost in modern Urdu pronunciation (e.g., three distinct Arabic letters all represent the identical sound [s] for Urdu speakers); transliterations might either maintain those spelling distinctions or ignore them entirely. And, as in the Arabic source, names containing the Arabic definite article ‘al’ (‘ul’) show anticipatory assimilation in pronunciation (e.g., Shams al Din > Shamsuddin); transliterations may either reflect spelling or pronunciation in such cases. Because Hindi and Urdu overlap so extensively, it is desirable to correlate Hindi and Urdu transliterations as much as possible. In the area of names, this can become problematic when the Urdu spelling accurately reflects original Arabic spelling while the Hindi spelling was phonetically-based, in essence, already a transliteration. This would argue for ignoring Arabic/Urdu spelling distinctions not reflected in pronunciation in either Urdu or Hindi (e.g., letter sin versus letter sad) while maintaining Arabic/Urdu spelling distinctions like Hindi also maintains (e.g., qaf as in Qutubbin versus kaf)). However, this is not always possible (see Hindi va versus Urdu wau). In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated, that is to be indicated – as found – in parentheses immediately following its rendition in the transliteration standard (e.g., Muhammad Khulud (Mohamed Khulood)). In addition, if the original Devanagari or Arabic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Hindi- or Urdu-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on-line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal of this system is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of the name that is readable to the non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. Additionally, this system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    हसन मोहम्मदhsn mohmmd
  350. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Georgian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-kat-Geor-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Georgian names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Georgian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGeorLatn
    ბაყაყიbaqaqi
  351. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Kazakh Personal Names (2015)

    odni-kaz-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Kazakh person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Kazakh that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Bekzat Sattarkhanov (also seen as Bekzat Sattarkanov, Бекзат Саттарханов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Kazakh-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Бекзат СаттархановBekzat Sattarkhanov
  352. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Kyrgyz Personal Names (2015)

    odni-kir-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Kyrgyz person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Kyrgyz that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Guljigit Kalykov (also seen as Guljigit Kalikov, Гульжигит Калыков). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Kyrgyz-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Гульжигит КалыковGuljigit Kalykov
  353. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Korean Personal Names (2015)

    odni-kor-Hang-Latn-2015
    Lossy · many-to-oneHangLatn
    김영수Kim Yo’ng-su
  354. odni
    2011

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Kurdish Personal Names (2011)

    odni-kur-Arab-Latn-2011

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Kurdish names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Kurdish that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of a name. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet plus the apostrophe. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. Within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. The system is used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals. This system does not apply to names of Kurds from Turkey or other regions where Roman script is used. For non-Kurdish names, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language. Names of individuals from languages written in Roman letters are spelled as they are spelled in those languages. In cases where an individual's name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, that variant is indicated in parentheses immediately following its rendition in the transliteration standard. If the original Cyrillic or Perso-Arabic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For active senior government officials listed in the online CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in those reference works are used in place of the IC Standard. For individuals no longer listed, the IC Standard spelling appears first, with the previous reference spelling in parentheses at first usage. There is an effort in the region to purge Kurdish of Arabic vocabulary, influencing how Kurdish names borrowed from Arabic appear, especially in official publications. Defer to the Kurdish IC Standard in these cases.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    ئومێدUmed
  355. odni
    2005

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Macedonian Personal Names (2005)

    odni-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-2005

    Office of the Director Of National Intelligence Macedonian Personal Names 2004 System

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    БилјанаBiljana
  356. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Macedonian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Macedonian names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Macedonian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Macedonian-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    БилјанаBiljana
  357. odni
    2004

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Dari Personal Names (2004)

    odni-prs-Arab-Latn-2004
    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مُوسَىmusa
  358. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Persian Farsi Dari Personal Names (2015)

    odni-prs-Arab-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Persian (Farsi) and Dari names that is applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Persian (Farsi) and Dari that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Perso-Arabic script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost while maintaining consistency. For names of individuals who are not part of the Persian-( Farsi) or Dari-speaking community, but whose names are encountered in Farsi or Dari, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak, Abu- Murtada). Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the online CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these online reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard, with the IC Standard included as a variant in parentheses at the first usage. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e., is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage (e.g., former president Mahmud Ahmadinezhad (Ahmadi-Nejad). The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet plus the apostrophe and hyphen. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with online tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مُوسَىmusa
  359. odni
    2011

    Pashto Standardized Transliteration System for Personal Names (2011)

    odni-pus-Arab-Latn-2011

    Pashto is a language characterized by its variability. The challenges of reaching a universally acceptable transliteration standard for personal names are posed both by the dialect spread trending roughly from the southwest to the northeast parts of its geographic area, and also by the competing influences of Dari and Urdu. Given the lack of any dominant standard on some points, it has been considered necessary to define a certain degree of flexibility within this standardization system in order to enable it to capture the variability of the language it seeks to reflect. A great effort has also been made to research and reflect common usage in the Pashto- speaking areas of Pakistan and Afghanistan, and to define rules which capture these trends to the best extent possible. However, a respect for the norms of usage has also been balanced with the need for consistency and intelligibility. Therefore, there are cases where a less common spelling will be the preferred usage under the guidance of this system. Lastly, specific names that cannot be incorporated gracefully into the rules described below are included with case-by-case preferred spellings in a list near the end of this document.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    حَسّانHassan
  360. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Russian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-rus-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system, adapted from the Board of Geographic Names (BGN) Romanization system for Russian (1947), is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Russian names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Russian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. E.g., Sergey Nikolayevich Tyurin (Serguei Nicolaivitch Tiourine). In addition, if the original Cyrillic spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For non-Russian names, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language. A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on-line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Ирина Ивановна НикитинаIrina Ivanovna Nikitina
  361. odni
    2005

    Intelligence Community (IC) Standard for the Transliteration of Serbian Personal Names (2004)

    odni-srp-Cyrl-Latn-2005

    Office of the Director Of National Intelligence Serbian Personal Names 2004 System

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Гојко МитићGojko Mitic
  362. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Serbian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-srp-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Serbian names written in Cyrillic that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Serbian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Serbian-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Гојко МитићGojko Mitic
  363. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Tatar Personal Names (2015)

    odni-tat-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Tatar person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Tatar that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Rustam Abdrashitov (also seen as Rustem Abdrashitov, Рустам Абдрашитов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Tatar-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Рустам АбдрашитовRustam Abdrashitov
  364. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Tajik Personal Names (2015)

    odni-tgk-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Tajik names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Tajik that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Parvona Jamshedov (also seen as Parvona Dzhamshedov, Парвона Ҷамшедов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Tajik-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Парвона ҶамшедовParvona Jamshedov
  365. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Turkmen Personal Names (2015)

    odni-tuk-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Turkmen person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Turkmen that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Azat Muhadov (also seen as Azat Muhadow, Азат Мухадов). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Turkmen-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on- line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АкгюльAkgyul
  366. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Uyghur Personal Names (2015)

    odni-uig-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Uyghur person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Uyghur that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script or Arabic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Zordun Sabir (also seen as Zordun Sabeer, Зордун Сабир ,زوردون سابیر). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Uyghur-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on-line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Зордун СабирZordun Sabir
  367. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Ukrainian Personal Names (2015)

    odni-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of Ukrainian names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Ukrainian that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АндрійAndriy
  368. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Hindi and Urdu Personal Names (2015)

    odni-urd-Arab-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community (IC) standard for the transliteration of names from Hindi and Urdu that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from standard Hindi and Urdu that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. There are typically a number of ways that names can be Romanized from either Devanagari (Hindi) or modified Arabic (Urdu) scripts. Ambiguities can result from the Romanization of Hindi and Urdu names for several reasons, including the fact that some sounds in South Asian languages (e.g., retroflex consonants, voiced aspirates) have no equivalent in English or other European languages. In the case of Urdu, as in the original Arabic source of many Islamic names, short vowel markings, double consonant marks and other diacritics that would clearly distinguish the name are almost always omitted from standard written texts. And many Islamic names of Arabic or Persian origin reflect spelling distinctions from those languages that are lost in modern Urdu pronunciation (e.g., three distinct Arabic letters all represent the identical sound [s] for Urdu speakers); transliterations might either maintain those spelling distinctions or ignore them entirely. And, as in the Arabic source, names containing the Arabic definite article ‘al’ (‘ul’) show anticipatory assimilation in pronunciation (e.g., Shams al Din > Shamsuddin); transliterations may either reflect spelling or pronunciation in such cases. Because Hindi and Urdu overlap so extensively, it is desirable to correlate Hindi and Urdu transliterations as much as possible. In the area of names, this can become problematic when the Urdu spelling accurately reflects original Arabic spelling while the Hindi spelling was phonetically-based, in essence, already a transliteration. This would argue for ignoring Arabic/Urdu spelling distinctions not reflected in pronunciation in either Urdu or Hindi (e.g., letter sin versus letter sad) while maintaining Arabic/Urdu spelling distinctions like Hindi also maintains (e.g., qaf as in Qutubbin versus kaf)). However, this is not always possible (see Hindi va versus Urdu wau). In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated, that is to be indicated – as found – in parentheses immediately following its rendition in the transliteration standard (e.g., Muhammad Khulud (Mohamed Khulood)). In addition, if the original Devanagari or Arabic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Hindi- or Urdu-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Mikhail, Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the on-line directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal of this system is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of the name that is readable to the non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. Additionally, this system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    وشال ٹھاکرishal tsakr
  369. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Uzbek Personal Names (2015)

    odni-uzb-Cyrl-Latn-2015

    This system is the Intelligence Community standard for the transliteration of Uzbek person names that will be applied to all final written reports and products for IC consumers. It is not intended to eliminate variations of a name that can contribute forensic information. Rather, it is to provide an IC standard Romanized (English) transliteration from Uzbek that can then be linked to forensic information in ways that will help identify the referent of the name. In cases where an individual’s name has already been transliterated in a variant spelling, the IC Standard spelling should appear first, followed by the variant spelling(s) in parentheses at the first usage. In addition, if the original Cyrillic-script spelling is known, that spelling should also appear in parentheses following the name, if possible, following best practices of the issuing organization and taking into consideration information system capabilities. For example: Farkhod Tojiev (also seen as Farhod Tadjiyev, Фарход Тожиев). This convention is designed to ensure that vital forensic information is not lost. For names of persons who are known to not be part of the Uzbek-speaking community, use the relevant IC transliteration standard for names from that language (e.g., Yitzhak). A translator’s note may be used to clarify the known origin of the person. Spell names of individuals from languages that are written in Roman letters as they are spelled in those languages (e.g., George Clooney, Jorge Garcia, Georges Pompidou). In the case of active senior government officials in the on-line CIA World Factbook and the online directory of Chiefs of State and Cabinet Members of Foreign Governments, the spellings given in these on-line reference works should be used in place of the IC Standard. For any individual who has at one time been listed in the Factbook or Chiefs of State directory but who no longer appears in those resources (i.e. is no longer a government official), the IC Standard spelling should appear first, with the spelling, if known, as it previously appeared in those resources listed within parentheses at the first usage. The primary goal is to produce a consistent Romanized transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. The system uses the 26 letters of the standard (English) Roman alphabet. Some ambiguities in the Romanized form will occur without the use of diacritics. However, within the context of a report, where additional information about the individual is provided, the referent will be clearly identified. This system will be used in conjunction with on-line tools, name dictionaries, and lists containing conventional spellings of names of well-known individuals.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Фарход ТожиевFarkhod Tojiev
  370. odni
    2015

    ICS-630-01 Romanization of Chinese Personal Names (2015)

    odni-zho-Hani-Latn-2015

    This system applies to personal names rendered in Modern Chinese as represented in the Hanyu Pinyin Romanization System. It does not apply to names that are represented in other systems or in Romanization schemes or practices that are used to represent personal names in Chinese dialects. The Intelligence Community (IC) standard for transliterating Chinese personal names into English is the Hanyu Pinyin Romanization System (or pinyin), officially known as the Scheme of the Chinese Phonetic Alphabet (汉语拼音方案), with several modifications as specified in this document (e.g., absence of umlauted ü, title case for surnames). In 1982 the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) codified the Hanyu Pinyin Romanization System as ISO 7098, Information and Documentation – Romanization of Chinese (Second Edition, 12-15-1991). The primary purpose for designating a singular system is to allow for a consistent transcription of names that is specifically readable to the English-speaking non-specialist. It is not intended to be fully "reversible". Disambiguation should be accomplished by providing additional information following best practices of the issuing organization: the Unicode-encoded form of the original Chinese characters, the original encoding scheme if other than Unicode (e.g., Big5 or GB), whether traditional or simplified characters were used, and Standard Telegraphic Code (标准电码) representations (The Standard Telegraph Codebook, revised edition, PRC Ministry of Post and Telecommunications) — e.g., Ma Yingjiu (STC: 7456/5391/0036). Use simplified (or short form) characters as the default; traditional (or long form) characters may be used for non-Mainland persons. Personal names in Chinese should be transliterated into the IC Standard in accordance with the following criteria: a. the surname (family name) should appear first, followed by the given name b. the surname should be separated from the given name and be followed by the given name. The initial letter of each name should be capitalized, with the rest in lower case letters c. commas should not be placed between the surname and given name d. syllables should not be separated in the given name e. hyphens should not be used between any syllables (except as noted in paragraph 12) f. apostrophes should not be used between any syllables (see paragraph 14 for details) g. compound surnames should be capitalized with no space between the characters Examples include Zhang Wei, Hu Jintao, Ouyang Xiu, Zhou Youguang, and Ouyang Qianqing. If an official spelling of a name differs from the IC Standard, it may be used throughout the document, with the IC Standard spelling included where capabilities allow. When a married woman uses both her surname and her husband's surname, both surnames are capitalized, but a hyphen should be used to separate the surnames (e.g., Chen-Li Meiling; the first surname is the husband's, the second the wife's maiden name). The umlaut (ü), as in Lü and Nü, should not be used. The standard uses u for the ü character: Lu, Nu. No apostrophe (’) should be used between syllables; other forensic information (e.g. original Chinese characters, STC codes) should be used where necessary to disambiguate syllable combinations. Any additional ambiguity should be addressed in a Translator's Comment.

    HaniLatn
    丁Ding
  371. royin
    1999

    Royal Thai General System of Transcription (1999) — phoneme-to-RTGS stage

    royin-tha-Thai-Latn-1999
    Lossy · many-to-oneThaiLatn
    k a ˨˩ . k aː ˧kaka
  372. sac
    1996-04-17

    Pinyin

    sac-zho-Hans-Latn-1979

    This table contains the data on how Unicode Hanzi characters are pronounced in P.R.China.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHansLatn
    云互亓五yun2hu4qi2wu3
  373. sasm
    1976-06

    Transliteration of Place Names in Minority Languages in Chinese Pinyin (Mongolian, general)

    sasm-mon-Mong-Latn-general-1978

    Article 1 The main purpose of the transliteration method of Chinese pinyin letter transliteration of place names in minority languages: (1) As a standard for spelling place names in minority languages ​​ with Chinese phonetic alphabet; (2) As a phonetic tool for surveying and recording ethnic place names in map surveying and mapping work; (3) As the main basis for the pronunciation and selection of place names in ethnic minority languages ​​in Chinese character transliteration; (4) Provide convenient conditions for the unified compilation of my country's place-name information and index in alphabetical order. Article 2 The transliteration method is limited to the 26 letters in the "Hanyu Pinyin Plan", two letters with additional symbols and a sound-proof symbol. In order to make the transcription and phonetic more accurate, the syllable structure can not be restricted by the syllable form of Mandarin Chinese. Soundproof symbols can be used in various occasions that are easy to be confused. When recording, additional symbols can be added to specific letters to represent special sounds. The transliteration and transliteration of ethnic minority scripts in Latin script shall be based on the script. Letters with the same or similar pronunciation and usage as in the "Hanyu Pinyin Plan" shall be written according to them; different or dissimilar letters shall be transcribed separately. If the text does not use Latin letters, the corresponding Chinese phonetic letters shall be used according to the pronunciation of the text. If there is no text, according to the general voice mark. Article 3 Special place names are handled with reference to the following methods: (1) If the commonly used Chinese name is partly transliterated and partly translated, the transliteration part is spelled according to the transliteration method, and the free translation part is spelled according to the pronunciation of the Chinese character. (2) If the commonly used Chinese character translation is a section translation, the actual situation may be considered. Some are transliterated according to the full name of the original name, and some are spelled according to the Hanyu pronunciation of the section translation. (3) If the translated name of a Chinese character originally came from a minority language, but later became a Chinese form and has been commonly used, it can be spelled according to the pronunciation of the Chinese character, including the original name transliterated if necessary. (4) Other special circumstances shall be dealt with according to specific discretion.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMongLatn
    ᠣᠷᠳᠣᠰ ᠬᠣᠲᠠordos hota
  374. sasm
    1976-06

    Transliteration of Place Names in Minority Languages in Chinese Pinyin (Mongolian, phonetic)

    sasm-mon-Mong-Latn-phonetic-1978

    Article 1 The main purpose of the transliteration method of Chinese pinyin letter transliteration of place names in minority languages: (1) As a standard for spelling place names in minority languages ​​ with Chinese phonetic alphabet; (2) As a phonetic tool for surveying and recording ethnic place names in map surveying and mapping work; (3) As the main basis for the pronunciation and selection of place names in ethnic minority languages ​​in Chinese character transliteration; (4) Provide convenient conditions for the unified compilation of my country's place-name information and index in alphabetical order. Article 2 The transliteration method is limited to the 26 letters in the "Hanyu Pinyin Plan", two letters with additional symbols and a sound-proof symbol. In order to make the transcription and phonetic more accurate, the syllable structure can not be restricted by the syllable form of Mandarin Chinese. Soundproof symbols can be used in various occasions that are easy to be confused. When recording, additional symbols can be added to specific letters to represent special sounds. The transliteration and transliteration of ethnic minority scripts in Latin script shall be based on the script. Letters with the same or similar pronunciation and usage as in the "Hanyu Pinyin Plan" shall be written according to them; different or dissimilar letters shall be transcribed separately. If the text does not use Latin letters, the corresponding Chinese phonetic letters shall be used according to the pronunciation of the text. If there is no text, according to the general voice mark. Article 3 Special place names are handled with reference to the following methods: (1) If the commonly used Chinese name is partly transliterated and partly translated, the transliteration part is spelled according to the transliteration method, and the free translation part is spelled according to the pronunciation of the Chinese character. (2) If the commonly used Chinese character translation is a section translation, the actual situation may be considered. Some are transliterated according to the full name of the original name, and some are spelled according to the Hanyu pronunciation of the section translation. (3) If the translated name of a Chinese character originally came from a minority language, but later became a Chinese form and has been commonly used, it can be spelled according to the pronunciation of the Chinese character, including the original name transliterated if necessary. (4) Other special circumstances shall be dealt with according to specific discretion.

    Lossless · 1:1MongLatn
    ᠣᠷᠳᠣᠰ ᠬᠣᠲᠠôrdôs hôta
  375. ses
    1930

    Survey of Egypt Romanization

    ses-ara-Arab-Latn-1930

    The Survey of Egypt System (SES) of Romanization.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    شَرم الشَيْخSharm el-Sheikh
  376. stategeocadastre
    1993

    PROVISIONAL RULES OF REPRODUCING LETTERS OF THE UKRAINIAN ALPHABET WITH LATIN (ENGLISH) CHARACTERS

    stategeocadastre-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1993

    These Rules are intended for Romanized transliteration of Ukrainian geographic names in international cartographic editions. Geographic names of Russia, Byelorussia, Bulgaria and other states using the Cyrillic alphabet are transliterated according to rules accepted in those states. These Rules come into effect from the moment of their approval by the Main Administration of Geodesy, Cartography and Cadastre and will be effective until the introduction of a State standard of Ukraine regulating the Romanized transliteration of the Ukrainian alphabet.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    Кам’янкаKamianka
  377. ua
    1996

    Government of Ukraine Ukrainian System (1996)

    ua-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1996

    Romanization table for Ukrainian. The current national system of romanization.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АлуштаAlushta
  378. ua
    2007

    The Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine adopted Resolution No 858 "About the statement of the technical description and a sample passport form of a citizen of Ukraine to go abroad and make changes to some acts of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine"

    ua-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2007
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ОЛЕКСАНДР ЯНOLEKSANDR YAN
  379. ua
    2010

    The Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine adopted Resolution No 55 "On Normalization of Transliteration of the Ukrainian Alphabet by Means of the Latin Alphabet"

    ua-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2010

    The Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine adopted Resolution No 55 "On Normalization of Transliteration of the Ukrainian Alphabet by Means of the Latin Alphabet" on January 27, 2010. The Resolution approved The Table of transliteration of the Ukrainian Alphabet by Means of the Latin Alphabet. As a result of the adoption of this Resolution Ukrainian proper names (geographical names, names and surnames,) are rendered by means of the Latin alphabet in accordance with unified rules of transliteration in official documents, in cartographic editions, on signs of populated places, streets, metro stations, stops, etc.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    АлуштаAlushta
  380. un
    1967

    Romanization of Amharic -- UNGEGN (2016)

    un-amh-Ethi-Latn-2016

    The United Nations recommended romanization system was approved in 1967 (resolution I/17), based on the Amharic to English Transliteration System (2nd revised edition, August 1962) by the Imperial Ethiopian Mapping and Geography Institute. The table has been published in volume II of the conference report (see Ref. in Notes section). The UN-approved system is not being used in Ethiopia, instead a simple version without diacritical marks is used. In international cartographic products mostly the BGN/PCGN 1967 system is used which differs from the former mainly by using diacritical marks differently. Often the same spellings are used without any diacritical marks. Amharic uses the Ethiopic syllabic script whereby each syllable denotes a combination of a consonant and a vowel. It has 34 basic characters, each character having several different forms, usually called orders, according to the vowel with which the basic character is combined. The system is mainly reversible with the exception of some syllables of the 1st order which are pronounced in the same manner as the syllables of the 4th order, and some consonants.

    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶYe̠zegi̠ne̠ti̠ Ki̠bi̠ri̠ Be̠ Iti̠yop’i̠yachi̠ni̠ Ts’e̠ni̠to
  381. un
    1971

    Romanization of Arabic -- Beirut system (1971)

    un-ara-Arab-Latn-1971

    The current United Nations recommended romanization system was approved in 2017 (resolution XI/3), based on the system adopted by Arabic experts at the conference held in Beirut in 2007, the Unified Arabic Transliteration System, taking into account the practical amendments and corrections carried out and agreed upon by the representatives of the Arabic- speaking countries at the Fourth Arab Conference on Geographical Names, held in Beirut in 2008, and some clarifications and amendments agreed in Riyadh in 20171. Previously, the United Nations had approved a romanization system in 1972 (resolution II/8), based on the system adopted by Arabic experts at the conference held at Beirut in 1971 with the practical amendments carried out and agreed upon by the representatives of the Arabic-speaking countries at their conference. The table was published in volume II of the conference report. In UN resolution XI/3 it is specifically stated that the system was recommended for the “romanization of the geographical names within those Arabic-speaking countries where this system is officially adopted”. There is evidence of its partial implementation in Jordan, Oman and Saudi Arabia. The UNGEGN Working Group on Romanization Systems intends to continue monitoring the UN system’s implementation across Arabic-speaking countries. In some countries there exist local romanization schemes or practices. The geographical names of Algeria, Djibouti, Mauritania, Morocco and Tunisia are generally rendered in the traditional manner which conforms to the principles of the French orthography. The previous UN-approved system is still found in considerable international usage. Arabic is written from right to left. The Arabic script usually omits vowel points and diacritical marks from writing which makes it difficult to obtain uniform results in the romanization of Arabic. It is essential to identify correctly the words which appear in any particular name and to know the standard Arabic-script spelling including the relevant vowels. One must also take into account dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations. The romanization is generally reversible though there may be some ambiguous letter sequences (dh, kh, sh, th) which may also point to combinations of Arabic characters in addition to the respective single characters.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    خَيبَرK͟haybar
  382. un
    1972

    Romanization of Arabic -- UNGEGN (1972)

    un-ara-Arab-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended romanization system was approved in 1972 (resolution II/8), based on the system adopted by Arabic experts at the conference held at Beirut in 1971 with the practical amendments carried out and agreed upon by the representatives of the Arabic-speaking countries at their conference. The table was published in volume II of the conference report1 . In the UN resolution it was specifically pointed out that the system was recommended "for the romanization of the geographical names within those Arabic-speaking countries where this system is officially acknowledged". It cannot be definitely ascertained which of the Arabicspeaking countries have adopted this system officially, especially since 2007 when there are efforts by the Arabic Division to promote a modification of the UN system (ADEGN romanization, see the section on other romanization systems below), with varying success2 . Judging by the use of names in international cartographic products which rely mostly on national sources it appears that the UN system or its modification is more or less current in Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Saudi Arabia3 , United Arab Emirates and Yemen, there and in some other countries the system is often used without diacritical marks. For the geographical names of the Syrian Arab Republic international maps favour the UN system while the local usage seems to prefer a French-oriented romanization. Also in Egypt and Sudan there exist local romanization schemes or practices side by side with the UN system. The geographical names of Algeria, Djibouti, Mauritania, Morocco and Tunisia are generally rendered in the traditional manner which conforms to the principles of the French orthography. Resolution 7 of the Seventh UN Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names (1998) recommended that "the League of Arab States should, through its specialized structures, continue its efforts to organize a conference with a view to considering the difficulties encountered in applying the amended Beirut system of 1972 for the romanization of Arabic script, and submit, as soon as possible, a solution to the United Nations Group of Experts on Geographical Names". At the Eighth UN Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names (2002), the Arabic Division of the UN Group of Experts announced that it had finalised proposed modifications to the UN recommended romanization system. These proposals would be submitted to the League of Arab States for approval. Arabic is written from right to left. The Arabic script usually omits vowel points and diacritical marks from writing which makes it difficult to obtain uniform results in the romanization of Arabic. It is essential to identify correctly the words which appear in any particular name and to know the standard Arabic- script spelling including proper pointing. One must also take into account dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations. The romanization is generally reversible though there are some ambiguous letter sequences (dh, kh, sh, th) which may also point to combinations of Arabic characters in addition to the respective single characters.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    مِصرMişr
  383. un
    2017

    Romanization of Arabic -- Unified Arabic Transliteration System (2017)

    un-ara-Arab-Latn-2017

    The current United Nations recommended romanization system was approved in 2017 (resolution XI/3), based on the system adopted by Arabic experts at the conference held in Beirut in 2007, the Unified Arabic Transliteration System, taking into account the practical amendments and corrections carried out and agreed upon by the representatives of the Arabic- speaking countries at the Fourth Arab Conference on Geographical Names, held in Beirut in 2008, and some clarifications and amendments agreed in Riyadh in 20171. Previously, the United Nations had approved a romanization system in 1972 (resolution II/8), based on the system adopted by Arabic experts at the conference held at Beirut in 1971 with the practical amendments carried out and agreed upon by the representatives of the Arabic-speaking countries at their conference. The table was published in volume II of the conference report. In UN resolution XI/3 it is specifically stated that the system was recommended for the “romanization of the geographical names within those Arabic-speaking countries where this system is officially adopted”. There is evidence of its partial implementation in Jordan, Oman and Saudi Arabia. The UNGEGN Working Group on Romanization Systems intends to continue monitoring the UN system’s implementation across Arabic-speaking countries. In some countries there exist local romanization schemes or practices. The geographical names of Algeria, Djibouti, Mauritania, Morocco and Tunisia are generally rendered in the traditional manner which conforms to the principles of the French orthography. The previous UN-approved system is still found in considerable international usage. Arabic is written from right to left. The Arabic script usually omits vowel points and diacritical marks from writing which makes it difficult to obtain uniform results in the romanization of Arabic. It is essential to identify correctly the words which appear in any particular name and to know the standard Arabic-script spelling including the relevant vowels. One must also take into account dialectal and idiosyncratic deviations. The romanization is generally reversible though there may be some ambiguous letter sequences (dh, kh, sh, th) which may also point to combinations of Arabic characters in addition to the respective single characters.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بِيَاBiyā
  384. un
    1972

    Romanization of Assamese -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-asm-Beng-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Assamese (Asamīyā) uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous but the user would have to recognize many ligatures not given in the original table. The system is mostly reversible but there exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (ligatures vs. character sequences). References Second United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. London, 10–31 May 1972. Vol. II. Technical papers. United Nations. New York 1974, pp. 141–142. Third United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Athens, 17 August – 7 September 1977. Vol. II, Technical papers, pp. 393 etc.

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    ঢ়ṙha
  385. un
    2007

    Romanization of Belarusian geographic names (2007)

    un-bel-Cyrl-Latn-2007

    RESOLUTION OF THE STATE COMMITTEE ON PROPERTY OF THE REPUBLIC OF BELARUS June 11, 2007 No. 38 8/16668 (06/18/2007) On amendments and additions to the Instructions for the transliteration of geographical names of the Republic of Belarus in letters of the Latin alphabet Based on the Regulation on the State Property Committee of the Republic of Belarus, approved by the Decree of the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus dated July 29, 2006 No. 958 "Issues of the State Committee on Property of the Republic of Belarus"

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    АршанскiAršanski
  386. un
    2016

    Romanization of Bengali -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-ben-Beng-Latn-2016

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports1,2. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in Bangladesh, in India or in international cartographic products. The resolution IV/17 (1982) recommended association, inter alia, with Bangladesh, in carrying out further studies on the system. Bengali (Bānglā) uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous but the user would have to recognize many ligatures not given in the original table. The system is mostly reversible but there exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (ligatures vs. character sequences). Other systems of romanization For differences between the UN system and the ISO transliteration standard ISO 15919: 2001 see the section on the romanization of Hindi. References Second United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. London, 10–31 May 1972. Vol. II. Technical papers. United Nations. New York 1974, pp. 139–140. Third United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Athens, 17 August – 7 September 1977. Vol. II, Technical papers, pp. 393 etc.

    Lossy · many-to-oneBengLatn
    যj̱a
  387. un
    1977

    Romanization of Bulgarian geographical names (1977)

    un-bul-Cyrl-Latn-1977

    The System of Transliteration and Transcription of Bulgarian Geographical Names into Roman letters, as shown in the annex below, be adopted as the international system for the romanization of Bulgarian geographical names.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    юju
  388. un
    1987

    Romanization of Greek 1.0 (Phonetic transcription)

    un-ell-Grek-Latn-1987-phonetic

    UNGEGN Romanization table for Greek: Phonetic transcription UNGEGN Greek v1.0, Fifth United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Writing Systems and Guides to Pronunciation Romanization > Conversion of the Greek alphabet into Latin characters. Paper submitted by Greece and Cyprus.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. ɛnɑ prɑmɑ monon mɛ pɑrɑkinisɛ ki ɛmɛnɑ nɑ ɣrɑpso oti tutin tin pɑtriðɑ tin ɛxomɛn oli mɑzi, kɛ sofi ki ɑmɑθis kɛ plusii kɛ ftoxi kɛ politiki kɛ strɑtiotiki kɛ i plɛon mikrotɛri ɑnθropi; osi ɑɣonistikɑmɛn, ɑnɑloɣos o kɑθis, ɛxomɛn nɑ zisomɛn ɛðo. to lipon ðulɛpsɑmɛn oli mɑzi, nɑ tin filɑmɛn ki oli mɑzi kɛ nɑ min lɛɣi utɛ o ðinɑtos «ɛɣo» utɛ o ɑðinɑtos. ksɛrɛtɛ potɛ nɑ lɛɣi o kɑθis «ɛɣo»? otɑn ɑɣonisti monos tu kɛ fkiɑsi i xɑlɑsi, nɑ lɛɣi «ɛɣo»; otɑn omos ɑɣonizondɛ poli kɛ fkiɑnun, totɛ nɑ lɛnɛ «ɛmis». imɑstɛ is to «ɛmis» ki oxi is to «ɛɣo». kɛ is to ɛksis nɑ mɑθomɛn ɣnosi, ɑn θɛlomɛn nɑ fkiɑsomɛn xorion, nɑ zisomɛn oli mɑzi. ɣiɑnis mɑkriɣiɑnis.
  389. un
    1987

    Romanization of Greek -- UNGEGN 4.0 (transliteration)

    un-ell-Grek-Latn-1987-tl

    UNGEGN Romanization table for Greek

    Lossless · 1:1GrekLatn
    ναυτικόnaf̱tikó
  390. un
    1987

    Romanization of Greek -- UNGEGN 4.0 (transcription)

    un-ell-Grek-Latn-1987-ts

    UNGEGN Romanization table for Greek

    Lossless · 1:1GrekLatn
    Ένα πράμα μόνον με παρακίνησε κι εμένα να γράψω ότι τούτην την πατρίδα την έχομεν όλοι μαζί, και σοφοί κι αμαθείς και πλούσιοι και φτωχοί και πολιτικοί και στρατιωτικοί και οι πλέον μικρότεροι άνθρωποι· όσοι αγωνιστήκαμεν, αναλόγως ο καθείς, έχομεν να ζήσομεν εδώ. Το λοιπόν δουλέψαμεν όλοι μαζί, να την φυλάμεν κι όλοι μαζί και να μην λέγει ούτε ο δυνατός «εγώ» ούτε ο αδύνατος. Ξέρετε πότε να λέγει ο καθείς «εγώ»; Όταν αγωνιστεί μόνος του και φκιάσει ή χαλάσει, να λέγει «εγώ»· όταν όμως αγωνίζονται πολλοί και φκιάνουν, τότε να λένε «εμείς». Είμαστε εις το «εμείς» κι όχι εις το «εγώ». Και εις το εξής να μάθομεν γνώση, αν θέλομεν να φκιάσομεν χωριόν, να ζήσομεν όλοι μαζί. Γιάννης Μακρυγιάννης. Éna práma mónon me parakínise ki eména na grápso óti toútin tin patrída tin échomen óloi mazí, kai sofoí ki amatheís kai ploúsioi kai ftochoí kai politikoí kai stratiotikoí kai oi pléon mikróteroi ánthropoi; ósoi agonistíkamen, analógos o katheís, échomen na zísomen edó. To loipón doulépsamen óloi mazí, na tin fylámen ki óloi mazí kai na min légei oúte o dynatós «egó» oúte o adýnatos. Xérete póte na légei o katheís «egó»? Ótan agonisteí mónos tou kai fkiásei í chalásei, na légei «egó»; ótan ómos agonízontai polloí kai fkiánoun, tóte na léne «emeís». Eímaste eis to «emeís» ki óchi eis to «egó». Kai eis to exís na máthomen gnósi, an thélomen na fkiásomen chorión, na zísomen óloi mazí. Giánnis Makrygiánnis.
  391. un
    1972

    Romanization of Gujarati -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-guj-Gujr-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Gujarati (Gujarātī) uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous but the user would have to recognize many ligatures not given in the original table. For two vowel letters (e/ĕ, o/ŏ) there is uncertainty as to the conditions in which either of the two variants is to be used. The system is mostly reversible but there exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (ligatures vs. character sequences). References Second United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. London, 10–31 May 1972. Vol. II. Technical papers. United Nations. New York 1974, pp. 134–135. Third United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Athens, 17 August – 7 September 1977. Vol. II, Technical papers, pp. 393 etc.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGujrLatn
    અમિત શાહનો કોરોના રિપોર્ટ ૨ ઓગસ્ટે પોઝિટિવ આવ્યો હતો, ત્યારથી તેમનું સ્વાસ્થ્ય સારું નથીamita shāhanŏ kŏrŏnā ripŏrṭa 2 ŏgasṭĕ pŏjhiṭiva āvyŏ hatŏ, tyārathī tĕmanuṁ svāsthya sāruṁ nathī
  392. un
    1972

    Romanization of Hindi -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-hin-Deva-Latn-2016

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. It was stated in 1987 that the appropriate resolution had not been implemented in India and the Hunterian system was still in use in large-scale mapping Hindi uses the alphasyllabic script Devanāgarī whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous but the user would have to recognize many ligatures not given in the original table (only three are given). The system is mostly reversible but there may exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    दिल्लीdillī
  393. un
    1972

    Romanization of Kannada -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-kan-Kana-Latn-2016

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Kannada uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous. The system is mostly reversible but there may exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (combinations with subscript consonants vs. character sequences).

    Lossy · many-to-oneKanaLatn
    ಕರ್ಣಾಟಕkarṇāṭaka
  394. un
    1972

    Romanization of Malayalam -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-mal-Mlym-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Malayalam (Malayāḷam) uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous but now outdated because since the 1970's a new orthography has been introduced and the use of many character combinations and ligatures has been simplified. Nevertheless the user of the romanization table would have to recognize many ligatures not given in the original table. The system is mostly reversible but there exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (ligatures vs. character sequences), particularly in the case of older orthography.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMlymLatn
    ടൗṭau
  395. un
    1972

    Romanization of Marathi -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-mar-Deva-Latn-2016

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Marathi (Marāṭhī) uses the alphasyllabic script Devanāgarī.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    कॅkă
  396. un
    1977

    Romanization of Macedonian geographical names (1977)

    un-mkd-Cyrl-Latn-1977

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1977 (III/11), based on the romanization of the Serbo-Croatian and Macedonian Cyrillic alphabets that had long been employed in official gazetteers and maps of Yugoslavia. The table was published as an annex to the resolution (Third United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Athens, 17 August - 7 September 1977. Vol. I. Report of the Conference, pp. 29, 31). The system is used in The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (see e.g. Report of The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia. Seventh United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. New York, 13-22 January 1998. Document E/CONF.91/CRP.23) and in international cartographic products. The Cyrillic alphabet is used. The romanization table is unambiguous and can be applied automatically. The system is on the whole reversible with the exception of the characters ѓ and ќ. These are romanized as g and k, respectively, before е and и. But also г and к are occasionally used before е and и, so, for example, the name Makedonija is reconstituted as Македонија, not Маќедонија in the Cyrillic source script.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    МаќедонијаMakedonija
  397. un
    2013-09

    Romanization of Mongolian in China -- UNGEGN 4.0

    un-mon-Mong-Latn-general-2013

    The United Nations resolution III/8 in 1977 recognized the Scheme for a Chinese Phonetic Alphabet (Pinyin) as China’s official Roman alphabet scheme and recommended the alphabet as the international system for the romanization of Chinese geographical names. In China Mongolian geographical names are transcribed directly from the Mongolian script into Pinyin. The scheme was published in Toponymic Guidelines for Map and Other Editors: China, 1982. The system is used in China and in international cartographic products. Mongolian uses a vertical script. Transcription of Mongolian names is made from their proper pronunciation based on the written form of the Mongolian language and Qahar vernacular, with Zhenglan as its representative pronunciation. Due to the complex nature of the script the romanization scheme is not reversible, e.g. the name of the city Hohhot is written ᠬᠥᠬᠡᠬᠣᠲᠠ but may be transliterated as kökeqota.

    Lossless · 1:1MongLatn
    ᠣᠷᠳᠣᠰ ᠬᠣᠲᠠordos hota
  398. un
    2013-09

    Romanization of Mongolian in China -- UNGEGN 4.0 (phonetic)

    un-mon-Mong-Latn-phonetic-2013

    The United Nations resolution III/8 in 1977 recognized the Scheme for a Chinese Phonetic Alphabet (Pinyin) as China’s official Roman alphabet scheme and recommended the alphabet as the international system for the romanization of Chinese geographical names. In China Mongolian geographical names are transcribed directly from the Mongolian script into Pinyin. The scheme was published in Toponymic Guidelines for Map and Other Editors: China, 1982. The system is used in China and in international cartographic products. Mongolian uses a vertical script. Transcription of Mongolian names is made from their proper pronunciation based on the written form of the Mongolian language and Qahar vernacular, with Zhenglan as its representative pronunciation. Due to the complex nature of the script the romanization scheme is not reversible, e.g. the name of the city Hohhot is written ᠬᠥᠬᠡᠬᠣᠲᠠ but may be transliterated as kökeqota.

    Lossless · 1:1MongLatn
    ᠣᠷᠳᠣᠰ ᠬᠣᠲᠠôrdôs hôta
  399. un
    1972

    Romanization of Nepali (1972)

    un-nep-Deva-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The note on the system was published in volume II of the conference report. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in Nepal or in international cartographic products. The resolution IV/17 (1982) recommended association, inter alia, with Nepal in carrying out further studies on the system. In Nepal a system of romanization is employed by the Nepal Survey Department (NSD). This system has been applied to names appearing on national mapping, and it is also used in the Geographic Information Infrastructure Programme (NGIIP). Nepali (Nepālī) uses the alphasyllabic script Devanāgarī.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    नेपालnepāl
  400. un
    1972

    Romanization of Nepali (2013)

    un-nep-Deva-Latn-2013

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The note on the system was published in volume II of the conference report. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in Nepal or in international cartographic products. The resolution IV/17 (1982) recommended association, inter alia, with Nepal in carrying out further studies on the system. In Nepal a system of romanization is employed by the Nepal Survey Department (NSD). This system has been applied to names appearing on national mapping, and it is also used in the Geographic Information Infrastructure Programme (NGIIP). Nepali (Nepālī) uses the alphasyllabic script Devanāgarī.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    नेपालnepāl
  401. un
    1972

    Romanization of Oriya (1972)

    un-ori-Orya-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The note on the system was published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Oriya uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous. The system is mostly reversible but there may exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (combinations with subscript consonants vs. character sequences).

    Lossy · many-to-oneOryaLatn
    କଂkaṁ
  402. un
    1972

    Romanization of Panjabi -- UNGEGN 4.0 (1972)

    un-pan-Guru-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports1,2. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Punjabi (Panjābī) in India uses an alphasyllabic script (Gurmukhi) whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous. The system is mostly reversible but there exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (combinations with subscript consonants vs. character sequences). References Second United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. London, 10–31 May 1972. Vol. II. Technical papers. United Nations. New York 1974, pp. 136–138. Third United Nations Conference on the Standardization of Geographical Names. Athens, 17 August – 7 September 1977. Vol. II, Technical papers, pp. 393 etc.

    Lossy · many-to-oneGuruLatn
    ਪੰਜਾਬ 'ਚ ਵਧ ਰਿਹਾ ਖ਼ੁਦਕੁਸ਼ੀਆਂ ਦਾ ਰੁਝਾਨpaṁzāba 'cha vadha rihā khaḳhudakusḳhīāṁ dā rujhāna
  403. un
    1967

    Romanization of Persian (1967)

    un-prs-Arab-Latn-1967

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1967 ( I/13), based on the official system adopted by Iran and published in its English version as Transliteration of Farsi Geographic Names to Latin Alphabet (September 1966). The romanization table was also published as an annex to the Toponymic Guidelines for the Islamic Republic of Iran in 2000 (Toponymic Guidelines for map and other editors – Revised edition 1998. Submitted by the Islamic Republic of Iran. UNGEGN, 20th session. New York, 17-28 January 2000, Working Paper No. 41.). The system is used in the Islamic Republic of Iran and in international cartographic products. Persian (Farsi) uses the Perso-Arabic script that is written from right to left. The Persian script usually omits vowel points and diacritical marks from writing which makes it difficult to obtain uniform results in the romanization of Persian. The romanization is generally reversible though there are some ambiguous letter sequences (kh, sh, th, zh) which also may represent the romanized values of two Persian characters in addition to the respective single ones.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    دَهَانِهٴ مَمبَرDahāneh-ye Mambar
  404. un
    1987

    Romanization of Russian (1987)

    un-rus-Cyrl-Latn-1987

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1987 (V/18), based on the official system of the Main Administration of Geodesy and Cartography of the former Soviet Union, also known as the GOST 1983 system (GOST 16876-71). The table was published as an annex to the resolution. The system is used in the Russian Federation and increasingly in international cartographic products. Russian uses the Cyrillic script which is alphabetic. The romanization table is unambiguous and can be applied automatically. The system is reversible, although rarely there can be ambiguities.

    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    AнaпaAnapa
  405. un
    1972

    Romanization of Sinhalese -- UNGEGN 4.0 (1972)

    un-sin-Sinh-Latn-1972

    There does not seem to exist any national systems of romanization for Sinhalese (Sinhala) in Sri Lanka. In 1972, D. N. Sharma prepared a romanization table for Sinhalese (Sinhala) which was published in vol. II of the conference report together with the other languages of the Indian group1. Sinhalese uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants.

    Lossy · many-to-oneSinhLatn
    ශී‍්‍ර ලංකාවේ කී‍්‍රඩාව ඉතිහාසයේ ඉහළම තැනකට ගේන්න කටයුතු කරනවාshīra laṁkāve kīraḍāva itihāsaye ihaḷama tæ̆nakaṭa genna kaṭayutu karanavā
  406. un
    1997

    Romanization of Serbian (1977)

    un-srp-Cyrl-Latn-1997

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1977 (III/11), based on the Roman equivalent of the Serbo-Croatian Cyrillic alphabet that had long been employed in official gazetteers and maps of Yugoslavia. The table was published as an annex to the resolution1. The term relating to the language (Serbian instead of Serbo-Croatian) was modified in 2002 (resolution VIII/14). The system is used in Serbia, Montenegro, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. It is also used in international cartographic products. Serbian uses the Cyrillic script that is alphabetic. The romanization table is unambiguous and can be applied automatically. The system is reversible.

    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    Шупља СтенаŠuplja Stena
  407. un
    1972

    Romanization of Tamil -- UNGEGN 4.0 (1972)

    un-tam-Taml-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India, Sri Lanka or in international cartographic products. Tamil uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous. The system is on the whole reversible.

    Lossy · many-to-oneTamlLatn
    அழிந்து போன நகரத்தில் , தொலைந்து போன நான்al̮intu poṉa nakarattil , tŏlaintu poṉa nāṉ
  408. un
    1972

    Romanization of Telugu -- UNGEGN 4.0 (1972)

    un-tel-Telu-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 (II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in India or in international cartographic products. Telugu uses an alphasyllabic script whereby each character represents a syllable rather than one sound. Vowels and diphthongs are marked in two ways: as independent characters (used syllable-initially) and in an abbreviated form, to denote vowels after consonants. The romanization table is unambiguous. The system is mostly reversible but there may exist some ambiguities in the romanization of vowels (independent vs. abbreviated characters) and consonants (combinations with subscript consonants vs. character sequences).

    Lossy · many-to-oneTeluLatn
    తమిళనాడుtamiḷanāḍu
  409. un
    1998

    Romanization of Belarusian, Russian And Ukrainian Cyrillic (1998)

    un-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-1998
    Lossy · many-to-oneCyrlLatn
    ОЛЕКСАНДР ЯНOLEKSANDR ÂN
  410. un
    2010

    Romanization of Ukrainian (2012)

    un-ukr-Cyrl-Latn-2012
    Lossless · 1:1CyrlLatn
    АлуштаAlushta
  411. un
    1972

    Romanization of Urdu (1972)

    un-urd-Arab-Latn-1972

    The United Nations recommended system was approved in 1972 ( II/11) and amended in 1977 (III/12), based on a report prepared by D. N. Sharma. The tables and their corrections were published in volume II of the conference reports1,2. There is no evidence of the use of the system either in Pakistan, India or in international cartographic products. Instead, in Pakistan the Hunterian system is officially used3. The resolutions III/12 (1977) and IV/17 (1982) recommended association, inter alia, with Pakistan, in carrying out further studies on the system. Urdu (Urdū) uses the Perso-Arabic script which is written from right to left. In the script vowel points are usually omitted which makes it difficult to obtain uniform romanizations. Some of the Arabic consonants are undifferentiated in romanization which means that the system is not fully reversible.

    Lossy · many-to-oneArabLatn
    بوغدِیBvghdī
  412. var
    2003

    Encyclopaedia Aethiopica Amharic transliteration system (2003)

    var-amh-Ethi-Latn-eae-2003

    The Encyclopaedia Aethiopica (EAe) is a basic encyclopedia for Ethiopian and Eritrean studies. It employs an in-house form of romanization of Geez, Amharic, and other languages, which varies greatly from standard formats, such as BGN/PCGN: the emperor Menelek II's name, for example, is written as "Mənilək II".

    Lossy · many-to-oneEthiLatn
    የዜግነት ክብር በ ኢትዮጵያችን ጸንቶyäzegənätə kəbərə bä ʾitəyoṗəyačənə ṣänəto
  413. var

    RABABA the Arabic Diacritization Library

    var-ara-Arab-Arab-rababa

    Arabic diacritization is useful for several practical business cases like text to speech or Romanization of Arabic texts or scripts. This map in particular uses the RABABA library to automatically detect and add diacritics using machine learning.

    Lossless · 1:1ArabArab
    قطرقِطْرَ
  414. var
    2003

    Encyclopaedia Aethiopica Amharic transliteration system (2003)

    var-gez-Ethi-Latn-eae-2003

    The Encyclopaedia Aethiopica (EAe) is a basic encyclopedia for Ethiopian and Eritrean studies. It employs an in-house form of romanization of Geez, Amharic, and other languages, which varies greatly from standard formats, such as BGN/PCGN: the emperor Menelek II's name, for example, is written as "Mənilək II".

    Lossless · 1:1EthiLatn
    በቀዳሚ ገብረ እግዚአብሔር ሰማየ ወምድረbäqädami gäbərä ʾəgəziʾabəḥerə sämayä wämədərä
  415. var
    1872

    Hindi Hunterian system

    var-hin-Deva-Latn-hunterian-1872

    The Hunterian system is the national system of romanization in India.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    परिपक्कparaipakka
  416. var
    1886

    Traditional Hepburn System

    var-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-hepburn-1886

    This is a traditional version of Hepburn romanization.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    ぐんまgumma
  417. var
    1954

    Modified Hepburn System

    var-jpn-Hrkt-Latn-hepburn-1954

    This is a modified version of Hepburn romanization, which was adopted by Kenkyusha's New Japanese-English Dictionary (3rd edition) One crucial difference between Modified and Tranditional Hepburn is that the ん/ン sound is always transliterated as n, even before the letters b,m,p.

    Lossy · many-to-oneHrktLatn
    かごっまkagomma
  418. var

    Hangul to Jamo decomposition

    var-kor-Hang-Hang-jamo
    Lossless · 1:1HangHang
    안녕안녕
  419. var
    1939

    McCune-Reischauer System (Hangul-Latin)

    var-kor-Hang-Latn-mr-1939

    E. O. Reischauer and G. M. McCune The Romanization of the Korean Language Based on Its Phonetic Structure. XXIX:1-55. Korea Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Volume XXIX (PDF)

    Lossless · 1:1HangLatn
    구경kugyŏng
  420. var

    Hanja Hangul Converter 0.0.7

    var-kor-Kore-Hang-2013

    This is a Hanja-Hangul map available in the public domain.

    Lossy · many-to-oneKoreHang
    一一一일일일
  421. var
    1939

    McCune-Reischauer System (Korean-Latin)

    var-kor-Kore-Latn-mr-1939

    E. O. Reischauer and G. M. McCune The Romanization of the Korean Language Based on Its Phonetic Structure. XXIX:1-55. Korea Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Volume XXIX (PDF)

    Lossless · 1:1KoreLatn
    博物館Pangmulgwan
  422. var
    1872

    Marathi Hunterian system

    var-mar-Deva-Latn-hunterian-1872

    The Hunterian system is the national system of romanization in India.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    ठाणे - जिल्ह्यात बुधवारी एक हजार रुग्णांची वाढ, तर जणांच्या मृत्यूची नोंदthaānae - jailhyaāta baudhawaāraī eka hajaāra raugnaānchaī waādha, tara janaānchyaā marityaūchaī naonda
  423. var

    Mongolian Latin alphabet

    var-mon-Mong-Latn-1930

    Latin alphabet was using "y" as feminine "u", with additional feminine "o" ("ө") and with additional consonants "ç" for "ch", "ş" for "sh" and "ƶ" for "j", it successfully served in printing books and newspapers. A few of the letters (f, k, p, v) were rarely used, being found only in borrowings, while q, w and x were excluded altogether. Since k transcribed [h] in loans, it is unclear how loans in [kʰ] were written. "j" is used for vowel combinations of the [ja] type. Letter "c" is used for the sound [ts] and "k" is used for the ound [h]. The first version was inspired by the Yanalif script used for the Soviet Union's Turkic languages. The orthography of the Mongolian Latin is based on the orthography of the Classical Mongolian script. It preserves short final vowels. It does not drop unstressed vowels in the closing syllables when the word is conjugated. The suffixes and inflections without long or i-coupled vowels are made open syllables ending with a vowel, which is harmonized with the stressed vowel. The rule for the vowel harmony for unstressed vowels is similar to that of the Mongolian Cyrillic. It does not use consonant combinations to denote new consonant sounds. For both of the version, letter "b" is used both in the beginning and in the middle of the word. Because it phonetically assimilates into sound [w], no ambiguity is caused.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMongLatn
    ᠮᠠᠨ ᠤ ᠤᠯᠤᠰ ᠤᠨ ᠨᠡᠶᠢᠰᠯᠡᠯ ᠬᠣᠲᠠ ᠤᠯᠠᠭᠠᠨᠪᠠᠭᠠᠲᠤᠷ ᠪᠣᠯ 80 000 ᠰᠢᠬᠠᠮ ᠬᠦᠮᠦᠨ ᠲᠡᠢ᠂ ᠤᠯᠤᠰ ᠤᠨ ᠣᠯᠠᠨ ᠨᠡᠶᠢᠲᠡ ᠶᠢᠨ᠂ ᠠᠵᠤ ᠠᠬᠤᠢ ᠶᠢᠨ ᠲᠥᠪ ᠭᠠᠵᠠᠷ ᠤᠳ ᠣᠷᠣᠰᠢᠭᠰᠠᠨ ᠶᠡᠬᠡᠬᠡᠨ ᠣᠷᠣᠨ ᠪᠣᠯᠤᠨ᠎ᠠ᠃ ᠲᠤᠰ ᠤᠯᠤᠰ ᠤᠨ ᠳᠣᠲᠣᠷ᠎ᠠ ᠠᠴᠠ ᠭᠠᠷᠬᠤ ᠲᠦᠭᠦᠬᠡᠢ ᠵᠤᠶᠢᠯ ᠢ ᠪᠣᠯᠪᠠᠰᠤᠷᠠᠭᠤᠯᠬᠤ ᠠᠵᠤ ᠦᠢᠯᠡᠳᠪᠦᠷᠢ ᠶᠢᠨ ᠭᠠᠵᠠᠷ ᠤᠳ ᠢ ᠪᠠᠶᠢᠭᠤᠯᠬᠤ ᠨᠢ ᠴᠢᠬᠤᠯᠠ᠃man-u ulus-un nejislel kota ulaganbagatur bol 80 000 sikam kymyn-tei, ulus-un olan nejite-jin, aƶu akui-jin tөb gaƶar-ud orosigsan jekeken oron bolun-a. tus ulus-un dotor-a-aça garku tygykei ƶujil-i bolbasuragulku aƶu yiledbyri-jin gaƶar-ud-i bajigulku ni çikula.
  424. var

    Lessing transliteration system for Uyghur-Mongolian script

    var-mon-Mong-Latn-lessing

    The only system for the Mongolian vertical script which is used commonly throughout Mongolian studies worldwide is the Vladimirtsov-Mostaert system (V-M). The only dictionary using this system is in an appendix to Antoine Mostaert’s Dictionnaire ordos. Thus the Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies specifies, “please use the written Mongolian appendix to Antoine Mostaert’s Dictionnaire ordos. However, the V-M system has many difficult diacriticals and non-Latin characters that constitute a significant problem for editors and thus is difficult to recommend.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMongLatn
    ᠬᠥᠬᠡᠬᠣᠲᠠkøkexota
  425. var

    VPMC transliteration system for Uyghur-Mongolian script

    var-mon-Mong-Latn-vpmc

    The only system for the Mongolian vertical script which is used commonly throughout Mongolian studies worldwide is the Vladimirtsov-Mostaert system (V-M). The only dictionary using this system is in an appendix to Antoine Mostaert’s Dictionnaire ordos. Thus the Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies specifies, “please use the written Mongolian appendix to Antoine Mostaert’s Dictionnaire ordos. However, the V-M system has many difficult diacriticals and non-Latin characters that constitute a significant problem for editors and thus is difficult to recommend.

    Lossy · many-to-oneMongLatn
    ᠬ᠎ᠠq-a
  426. var
    1912

    IAST Sanskrit Devanagari System (Prakrit)

    var-pra-Deva-Latn-iast-1912

    The International Alphabet of Sanskrit Transliteration (IAST) is the academic standard for the romanisation of Sanskrit. IAST is the de facto standard used in printed publications, like books, magazines, and electronic texts with Unicode fonts. It is based on a standard established by the Congress of Orientalists at Athens in 1912. The International Alphabet of Sanskrit Transliteration (IAST) is a transliteration scheme that allows the lossless romanisation of Indic scripts[citation needed] as employed by Sanskrit and related Indic languages. It is based on a scheme that emerged during the nineteenth century from suggestions by Charles Trevelyan, William Jones, Monier Monier-Williams and other scholars, and formalised by the Transliteration Committee of the Geneva Oriental Congress, in September 1894.IAST makes it possible for the reader to read the Indic text unambiguously, exactly as if it were in the original Indic script. It is this faithfulness to the original scripts that accounts for its continuing popularity amongst scholars.

    Lossless · 1:1DevaLatn
    नित्यः सर्वगतः स्थाणुरचलोऽयं सनातनःnaitayaḥ saravagataḥ sathaāṇauracalao’yaṃ sanaātanaḥ
  427. var
    1912

    IAST Sanskrit Devanagari System (Sanskrit)

    var-san-Deva-Latn-iast-1912

    The International Alphabet of Sanskrit Transliteration (IAST) is the academic standard for the romanisation of Sanskrit. IAST is the de facto standard used in printed publications, like books, magazines, and electronic texts with Unicode fonts. It is based on a standard established by the Congress of Orientalists at Athens in 1912. The International Alphabet of Sanskrit Transliteration (IAST) is a transliteration scheme that allows the lossless romanisation of Indic scripts[citation needed] as employed by Sanskrit and related Indic languages. It is based on a scheme that emerged during the nineteenth century from suggestions by Charles Trevelyan, William Jones, Monier Monier-Williams and other scholars, and formalised by the Transliteration Committee of the Geneva Oriental Congress, in September 1894.IAST makes it possible for the reader to read the Indic text unambiguously, exactly as if it were in the original Indic script. It is this faithfulness to the original scripts that accounts for its continuing popularity amongst scholars.

    Lossy · many-to-oneDevaLatn
    पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्ण्मुदच्यतेpaūraṇamadaḥ paūraṇamaidaṃ paūraṇaāta paūraṇamaudacayatae
  428. var

    Wade-Giles

    var-zho-Hani-Latn-wd-1979

    Chinese Wade-Giles 1979 System

    Lossy · many-to-oneHaniLatn
    西南Hsi-nan